CN115398351A - Functional device and method for controlling variable physical parameters - Google Patents

Functional device and method for controlling variable physical parameters Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN115398351A
CN115398351A CN202080091312.1A CN202080091312A CN115398351A CN 115398351 A CN115398351 A CN 115398351A CN 202080091312 A CN202080091312 A CN 202080091312A CN 115398351 A CN115398351 A CN 115398351A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
physical parameter
measurement value
range
application
clock time
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
CN202080091312.1A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
钟国诚
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority claimed from PCT/CN2020/140745 external-priority patent/WO2021136253A1/en
Publication of CN115398351A publication Critical patent/CN115398351A/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G05—CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05B—CONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
    • G05B13/00—Adaptive control systems, i.e. systems automatically adjusting themselves to have a performance which is optimum according to some preassigned criterion
    • G05B13/02—Adaptive control systems, i.e. systems automatically adjusting themselves to have a performance which is optimum according to some preassigned criterion electric
    • G05B13/0205—Adaptive control systems, i.e. systems automatically adjusting themselves to have a performance which is optimum according to some preassigned criterion electric not using a model or a simulator of the controlled system
    • G05B13/024—Adaptive control systems, i.e. systems automatically adjusting themselves to have a performance which is optimum according to some preassigned criterion electric not using a model or a simulator of the controlled system in which a parameter or coefficient is automatically adjusted to optimise the performance

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Automation & Control Theory (AREA)
  • Computer Vision & Pattern Recognition (AREA)
  • Evolutionary Computation (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • Artificial Intelligence (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Electric Clocks (AREA)
  • Testing Or Calibration Of Command Recording Devices (AREA)
  • Electrotherapy Devices (AREA)
  • Feedback Control In General (AREA)
  • Executing Machine-Instructions (AREA)
  • Telephone Function (AREA)

Abstract

A functional device (130) for controlling a variable physical parameter (QU 1A) comprises a timer (342) and a processing unit (331), wherein the variable physical parameter (QU 1A) is characterized based on a physical parameter target state (JE 1U). The timer (342) senses a clock Time (THIA) to generate a sense signal (SY 81), wherein the clock time good THIA is characterized based on a clock time application interval (HR 1 EU) represented by a measurement application range (RQ 1U). The processing unit (331) is coupled to the timer (342) for obtaining the measured value (NY 81) in response to the sensing signal (SY 81) and for bringing the variable physical parameter (QU 1A) into the physical parameter target state (JE 1U) if the processing unit (331) determines the clock time application interval (HR 1 EU) in which the clock time (TH 1A) is currently located by examining the mathematical relationship (KQ 81) between the measured value (NY 81) and the measured value application range (RQ 1U).

Description

Functional device and method for controlling variable physical parameters Technical Field
The present disclosure relates generally to a functional device, and more particularly to a functional device and method for controlling a variable physical parameter.
Background
A control device is capable of generating a control signal to control a physical parameter application unit included in a function device. The function device uses the control signal to control the physical parameter application unit. The physical parameter application unit can use at least one of a mechanical energy, an electrical energy and a light energy, and can be one of a motor for a door control, a relay for an electric power control, and an energy converter for an energy conversion. In order to effectively control the physical parameter application unit, the function device can obtain a measurement value provided based on a clock time. The functional device may require an improved mechanism to efficiently use the measured values and thereby efficiently control the physical parameter application unit.
U.S. Pat. No. 2015/0357887 A1 discloses a product specification setting device and a fan engine with the same. U.S. Pat. No. 7,411,505 B2 discloses a switch status and radio frequency identification tag.
Disclosure of Invention
It is an object of the present disclosure to provide a functional apparatus for efficiently controlling a variable physical parameter by means of a control signal and a measurement value provided according to a clock time.
One embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a functional device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state. The function device comprises a timer and a processing unit. The timer senses a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range. The processing unit is coupled to the timer, obtains a measurement value in response to the sensing signal, and places the variable physical parameter in the physical parameter target state if the processing unit determines that the clock time enters the clock time application interval by examining a first mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the measurement value application range.
Another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state. The method comprises the following steps: sensing a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range; obtaining a measurement value in response to the sensing signal; and bringing the variable physical parameter to the physical parameter target state on condition that a condition that the clock time enters the clock time application interval is determined by checking a first mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the measurement value application range.
Another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a functional device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state. The functional device comprises a timer and a processing unit. The timer senses a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range. The processing unit is coupled to the timer, obtains a measurement value in response to the sensing signal, and places the variable physical parameter in the physical parameter target state if the processing unit determines the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located by examining a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the measurement value application range.
Another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state. The method comprises the following steps: sensing a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range; obtaining a measurement value in response to the sensing signal; and bringing the variable physical parameter to the physical parameter target state under the condition that the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located is determined by checking a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the measurement value application range.
Drawings
The disclosure may be better understood from the following detailed description taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings
FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a control system in various embodiments of the present disclosure.
FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in fig. 1.
Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in fig. 1.
FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
Fig. 9 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in fig. 1.
Fig. 10 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in fig. 1.
FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in fig. 1.
FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
Fig. 19 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in fig. 1.
FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
Fig. 22 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in fig. 1.
FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
Fig. 34 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in fig. 1.
Fig. 35 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in fig. 1.
FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
Fig. 37 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in fig. 1.
FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 40 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 41 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 42 is a diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
Fig. 43 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in fig. 1.
Fig. 44 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in fig. 1.
Fig. 45 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in fig. 1.
Fig. 46 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in fig. 1.
FIG. 47 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 48 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 49 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 50 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 51 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 52 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
Fig. 53 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in fig. 1.
FIG. 54 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 55 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 56 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 57 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
FIG. 58 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
Fig. 59 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in fig. 1.
FIG. 60 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1.
Detailed Description
Please refer to fig. 1, which is a diagram illustrating a control system 901 according to various embodiments of the disclosure. The control system 901 comprises a function device 130 for controlling a variable physical parameter QU 1A. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter target state JE1U. The function device 130 includes a timer 342 and a processing unit 331. The timer 342 senses a clock time TH1A to generate a sensing signal SY81. For example, the clock time TH1A is characterized based on a clock time application interval HR1EU represented by a measurement application range RQ 1U.
The processing unit 331 is coupled to the timer 342, obtains a measured value NY81 in response to the sensing signal SY81, and brings the variable physical parameter QU1A into the physical parameter target state JE1U if the processing unit 331 determines the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently located by examining a mathematical relationship KQ81 between the measured value NY81 and the measured value application range RQ 1U.
Please refer to fig. 2 and fig. 3. Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9011 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9012 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 2 and 3, each of the implementation structure 9011 and the implementation structure 9012 includes the functional device 130. In some embodiments, the function device 130 further comprises a receiving unit 337 coupled to the processing unit 331, and a physical parameter applying unit 335 coupled to the processing unit 331. For example, the function device 130 is a control target device. The physical parameter application unit 335 is a functional object.
The clock time TH1A is further characterized based on a clock time designation interval HR1ET that is different from the clock time application interval HR1EU. For example, the clock time designation interval HR1ET is earlier than the clock time application interval HR1EU. After the receiving unit 337 receives a control signal SC81 from a control device 212, the processing unit 331 obtains the measured value NY81 in response to the sensing signal SY81 due to the control signal SC 81. For example, the control signal SC81 functions to indicate the clock time designation interval HR1 ET. The control device 212 is one of a mobile device and a remote controller. In the condition that the control device 212 is the remote controller, the control signal SC81 is a light signal. The functional apparatus 130 uses the timer 342 on the basis of the control signal SC81 to check a time relationship KT81 between the clock time TH1A and the clock time application interval HR1EU. For example, the sensing signal SY81 is a clock time signal. The measurement value NY81 is a specific count value. For example, under the condition that the control device 212 is the mobile device, the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from the control device 212 through a wireless link, or the control signal SC81 is a radio signal.
The timer 342 complies with a timer specification FT21. For example, the measurement application range RQ1U is defaulted based on the timer specification FT21. The timer specification FT21 includes a full measurement range representation FK8E for representing a full measurement range QK 8E. For example, the measurement application range RQ1U is equal to a portion of the full measurement range QK 8E. The measurement value NY81 is obtained in a specified measurement value format HH 95. The measurement value application range RQ1U is preset with the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the timer specification FT21. For example, the clock time application interval HR1EU is a clock time candidate interval. The measurement value application range RQ1U is a measurement time value candidate range. The clock time specified interval HR1ET is a clock time target interval. The specified measurement value format HH95 is a specified count value format.
The measurement application range RQ1U has an application range limit value pair DQ1U and is represented by a measurement application range code EL 1U. For example, the application range limit value pair DQ1U is preset. The processing unit 331 obtains the application range limit value pair DQ1U and the measured value application range code EL1U in response to the control signal SC81, and checks the mathematical relationship KQ81 by comparing the measured value NY81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DQ 1U. The physical parameter target state JE1U is represented by a physical parameter target state code EW 1U. The physical parameter application unit 335 has the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in a physical parameter application state JE1T. The application range limit value pair DQ1U is a candidate range limit value pair. The measurement value application range code EL1U is a measurement time value candidate range code.
In some embodiments, on the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently located by checking the mathematical relationship KQ81, the processing unit 331 obtains the physical parameter target state code EW1U based on the obtained measured value application range code EL1U, and executes a physical parameter relationship checking control GX8U for checking a physical parameter relationship KD9U between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target state JE1U based on the obtained physical parameter target state code EW 1U.
Under the condition that the physical parameter application state JE1T is different from the physical parameter target state JE1U and the processing unit 331 determines a physical parameter state difference DT81 between the physical parameter target state JE1U and the physical parameter application state JE1T by executing the physical parameter relationship check control GX8U, the processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY85 based on the obtained physical parameter target state code EW1U to generate an operation signal SG85 and transmits the operation signal SG85 to the physical parameter application unit 335. For example, the operation signal SG85 is one of a function signal and a control signal.
The physical parameter applying unit 335 makes the variable physical parameter QU1A enter the physical parameter target state JE1U from the physical parameter application state JE1T in response to the operation signal SG 85. On condition that the processing unit 331 determines the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently located by checking the mathematical relationship KQ81, the processing unit 331 performs a data storage control operation GM8U for causing a clock time application interval code UF8U representing the determined clock time application interval HR1EU to be stored. The variable physical parameter QU1A and the clock time TH1A belong to a physical parameter type TU11 and a clock time type TQ11, respectively. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is different from the clock time type TQ11.
Please refer to fig. 4, 5 and 6. Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9013 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9014 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9015 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 4, 5, and 6, each of the implementation structure 9013, the implementation structure 9014, and the implementation structure 9015 includes the functional device 130. The function device 130 comprises the processing unit 331, the timer 342 coupled to the processing unit 331, the receiving unit 337 coupled to the processing unit 331, an input unit 380 coupled to the processing unit 331, and the physical parameter applying unit 335 coupled to the processing unit 331.
In some embodiments, the timer 342 complies with a timer specification FT21. For example, the measurement application range RQ1U is defaulted based on the timer specification FT21. The timer specification FT21 includes a full measurement range representation FK8E for representing a full measurement range QK 8E. For example, the measurement application range RQ1U is equal to a first portion of the full measurement range QK 8E. The processing unit 331 is configured to execute a measurement application function FA81 associated with the clock time application interval HR1 EU. The measurement application FA81 complies with a measurement application specification GAL8 relating to the clock time application interval HR1 EU. The measurement application function FA81 is, for example, a physical parameter control function. The measurement application function specification GAL8 is a physical parameter control function specification.
The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value NY81 in a designated measurement value format HH95 in response to the sensing signal SY 81. For example, the specified measurement value format HH95 is characterized based on a specified number of bits UY 95. The clock time TH1A is further characterized based on a nominal clock time interval HR 1E. For example, the nominal clock time interval HR1E is represented by a nominal measurement range HR1N and includes a plurality of different measurement reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, \8230, and a plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, \8230arerespectively represented. For example, the nominal clock time interval HR1E is evenly divided to form the plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, \ 8230. The nominal measurement value range HR1N is a nominal measurement time value range. The plurality of different measurement reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, \8230area plurality of measurement time reference ranges, and are all defaulted based on the timer specification FT21.
The plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, \ 8230comprises the clock time application interval HR1EU. The measurement application function specification GAL8 includes the timer specification FT21, a nominal clock time interval representation GA8HE for representing the nominal clock time interval HR1E, and a clock time application interval representation GA8HU for representing the clock time application interval HR1EU.
The nominal measurement value range HR1N is equal to at least a second portion of the full measurement value range QK8E, is predetermined in the designated measurement value format HH95 based on one of the timer specification FT21, the measurement application function specification GAL8, and a first data encoding rule WX8HE, has a nominal range limit value pair DP1A, and includes a plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, and 8230, the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, and 8230being represented respectively.
For example, the nominal range limit value pair DP1A is preset with the specified measurement value format HH95, and the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, 8230, including the measurement value application range RQ1U. The first data encoding rule WX8HE is used to convert the nominal clock time interval representation GA8HE and is formulated based on the timer specification FT 21. For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230code, respectively, are a plurality of measurement time value reference range codes.
In some embodiments, the measurement value application range RQ1U is represented by a measurement value application range code EL1U included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230, having an application range limit value pair DQ1U, and is preset with the specified measurement value format HH95 based on one of the timer specification FT21, the measurement application function specification GAL8, and a second data encoding rule WX8 HU. For example, the plurality of different measurement values are referenced to the range codes EL11, EL12, \8230, all defaulted based on the measurement application functional specification GAL 8. The second data encoding rule WX8HU is used to convert the clock time application interval representation GA8HU, and is formulated based on the timer specification FT 21. The application range limit value pair DQ1U comprises a first application range limit value DQ15 and a second application range limit value DQ16 corresponding to the first application range limit value DQ 15.
The function device 130 further includes a storage unit 332 coupled to the processing unit 331 and includes a trigger application unit 387 coupled to the processing unit 331. The storage unit 332 stores the default nominal range limit value pair DP1A and a variable clock interval code UF8A. When a trigger event JQ81 associated with the trigger application unit 387 occurs, the variable clock time interval code UF8A equals a specific measurement value range code EL14 selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230. For example, the specific measurement value range code EL14 indicates a specific clock time interval HR1E4 previously determined based on a sensing operation ZT 81. The particular clock time interval HR1E4 is selected from the plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, \ 8230. The sensing operation ZT81 performed by the timer 342 is used to sense the clock time TH1A.
The specific measurement value range code EL14 is assigned to the variable clock interval code UF8A before the occurrence of the trigger event JQ 81. The trigger application unit 387 responds to the trigger event JQ81 to make the processing unit 331 receive an operation request signal SJ81. Under the condition that the trigger event JQ81 occurs, the processing unit 331 obtains an operation reference data code XV81 from the storage unit 332 in response to the operation request signal SJ81, and performs a data determination AK8A using the operation reference data code XV81 by executing a data determination procedure NK8A to determine the measurement value application range code EL1U selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, 8230in order to select the measurement value application range RQ1U from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, 8230. The operation reference data codes XV81 are the same as an allowable reference data code that is default based on the measurement application function specification GAL 8. The data determination program NK8A is constructed based on the measurement application function specification GAL 8.
The data determination AK8A is one of a first data determination operation AK81 and a second data determination operation AK 82. On the condition that the operation reference data code XV81 is obtained to be identical to the specific measurement value range code EL14 by accessing the variable clock time interval code UF8A stored in the storage unit 332, it is the data determination AK8A of the first data determination operation AK81 that determines the measurement value application range code EL1U based on the obtained specific measurement value range code EL14. For example, the first data determination operation AK81 is a first scientific calculation MC81 using the obtained specific measurement value range code EL14. The determined measurement value application range code EL1U is the same as or different from the particular measurement value range code EL14 obtained.
Under the condition that the operation reference data code XV81 is obtained to be identical to the preset nominal range limit value pair DP1A by accessing the nominal range limit value pair DP1A stored in the storage unit 332, the data determination AK8A, which is the second data determination operation AK82, selects the measurement value application range code EL1U to determine the measurement value application range code EL1U by performing a second scientific calculation MD81 using the measurement value NY81 and the obtained nominal range limit value pair DP1A from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, 8230. For example, the second scientific calculation MD81 is performed based on a specific empirical formula XS 81. The specific empirical formula XS81 is predetermined based on the predetermined nominal range limit value pair DP1A and the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 obtains the application range limit value pair DQ1U based on the determined measurement value application range code EL1U, and checks the mathematical relationship KQ81 based on a data comparison CF81 between the measurement value NY81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DQ1U to make a logical decision PQ81 whether the measurement value NY81 is within the selected measurement value application range RQ 1U. On a condition that the logic determines that PQ81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently located.
On the condition that the specific measurement value range code EL14 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EL1U and the processing unit 331 determines the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently located by making the logical decision PQ81, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the determined measurement value application range code EL1U to the variable clock time interval code UF8A based on a code difference DG81 between the variable clock time interval code UF8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EL14 and the determined measurement value application range code EL 1U.
The input unit 380 includes a button 3801. The physical parameter application unit 335 has the variable physical parameter QU1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a particular physical parameter state JE16 that is different from the physical parameter target state JE 1U. On the condition that the processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target state JE1U by checking the first mathematical relationship KQ81, the input unit 380 receives a user input operation BQ82 using the button 3801. The processing unit 331 transmits an operation signal SG87 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target state JE1U to enter the specific physical parameter state JE16 to the physical parameter application unit 335 in response to the user input operation BQ82.
Please refer to fig. 1, fig. 2, fig. 3, fig. 4, fig. 5 and fig. 6. A method ML80 for controlling a variable physical parameter QU1A is disclosed. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter target state JE1U. The method ML80 comprises the following steps: sensing a clock time TH1A to generate a sensing signal SY81, wherein the clock time TH1A is characterized based on a clock time application interval HR1EU represented by a measurement value application range RQ 1U; obtaining a measured value NY81 in response to the sensing signal SY 81; and bringing said variable physical parameter QU1A into said physical parameter target state JE1U, on condition that said clock time application interval HR1EU, in which said clock time TH1A is currently located, is determined by checking a mathematical relationship KQ81 between said measurement NY81 and said measurement application range RQ 1U.
In some embodiments, the clock time TH1A is further characterized based on a clock time designation interval HR1ET that is different from the clock time application interval HR1EU. For example, the clock time designation interval HR1ET is earlier than the clock time application interval HR1EU. The method ML80 further comprises the steps of: providing a timer 342, wherein the step of sensing the clock time TH1A is performed by using the timer 342; and a control signal SC81 from a control device 212, wherein the control signal SC81 functions to indicate the clock time specified interval HR1 ET. The control device 212 is one of a mobile device and a remote controller. In the condition that the control device 212 is the remote controller, the control signal SC81 is an optical signal. For example, in the condition that the control device 212 is the mobile device, the control signal SC81 is received from the control device 212 through a wireless link, or the control signal SC81 is a radio signal.
The step of obtaining said measured value NY81 comprises the sub-steps of: after the control signal SC81 is received, the measurement value NY81 is obtained in response to the sense signal SY81 due to the control signal SC 81. The timer 342 complies with a timer specification FT21. For example, the measurement application range RQ1U is defaulted based on the timer specification FT21. The timer specification FT21 includes a full measurement range representation FK8E for representing a full measurement range QK 8E. For example, the measurement application range RQ1U is equal to a portion of the full measurement range QK 8E. The measurement value NY81 is obtained in a specified measurement value format HH 95.
The measurement value application range RQ1U is preset with the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the timer specification FT21. The measurement range RQ1U has an application range limit value pair DQ1U and is represented by a measurement range code EL 1U. For example, the application range limit value is preset for DQ 1U. The method ML80 further comprises the steps of: responding to the control signal SC81, and obtaining the application range limit value pair DQ1U and the measured value application range code EL1U; and checking the mathematical relationship KQ81 by comparing the measured value NY81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DQ 1U.
In some embodiments, the physical parameter target state JE1U is represented by a physical parameter target state code EW 1U. The variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in a physical parameter application state JE1T. The step of bringing said variable physical parameter QU1A into said physical parameter target state JE1U comprises the following sub-steps: obtaining the physical parameter object state code EW1U based on the obtained measurement value application range code EL1U on the condition that the clock time application interval HR1EU, in which the clock time TH1A is currently located, is determined by checking the mathematical relationship KQ 81; and executing a physical parameter relationship checking control GX8U for checking a physical parameter relationship KD9U between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target state JE1U based on the obtained physical parameter target state code EW 1U.
The step of bringing said variable physical parameter QU1A into said physical parameter target state JE1U further comprises the sub-steps of: executing a signal generation control GY85 based on the obtained physical parameter target state code EW1U to generate an operation signal SG85, on the condition that the physical parameter application state JE1T is different from the physical parameter target state JE1U and a physical parameter state difference DT81 between the physical parameter target state JE1U and the physical parameter application state JE1T is determined by executing the physical parameter relationship check control GX 8U; and in response to the operation signal SG85, causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target state JE1U from the physical parameter application state JE1T.
The method ML80 further comprises a step of: under the condition that the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently located is determined by checking the mathematical relationship KQ81, a data storage control operation GM8U is performed, the data storage control operation GM8U being for causing a clock time application interval code UF8U representing the determined clock time application interval HR1EU to be stored. The variable physical parameter QU1A and the clock time TH1A belong to a physical parameter type TU11 and a clock time type TQ11, respectively. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is different from the clock time type TQ11.
In some embodiments, the method ML80 further comprises the steps of: providing a timer 342, wherein the step of sensing the clock time TH1A is performed by using the timer 342; and executing a measurement application function FA81 associated with said clock time application interval HR1 EU. The timer 342 complies with a timer specification FT21. For example, the measurement application range RQ1U is defaulted based on the timer specification FT21. The timer specification FT21 includes a full measurement range representation FK8E for representing a full measurement range QK 8E. For example, the measurement application range RQ1U is equal to a first portion of the full measurement range QK 8E.
The measurement application function FA81 complies with a measurement application function specification GAL8 related to the clock time application interval HR1EU. The measurement value NY81 is obtained in a specified measurement value format HH 95. For example, the specified measurement value format HH95 is characterized based on a specified number of bits UY 95. The clock time TH1A is further characterized based on a nominal clock time interval HR 1E. For example, the nominal clock time interval HR1E is represented by a nominal measurement range HR1N and includes a plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, 8230represented by a plurality of different measurement reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, \8230, respectively. The plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, \ 8230comprises the clock time application interval HR1EU.
The measurement application function specification GAL8 includes the timer specification FT21, a nominal clock time interval representation GA8HE for representing the nominal clock time interval HR1E, and a clock time application interval representation GA8HU for representing the clock time application interval HR1EU. The nominal measurement value range HR1N is equal to at least a second portion of the full measurement value range QK8E, is predetermined in the designated measurement value format HH95 based on one of the timer specification FT21, the measurement application function specification GAL8, and a first data encoding rule WX8HE, has a nominal range limit value pair DP1A, and includes a plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, and 8230, the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, and 8230being represented respectively. For example, the nominal range limit value pair DP1A is preset in the specified measurement value format HH 95. The plurality of different measurement reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, \8230, including the measurement application range RQ1U. The first data encoding rule WX8HE is used to convert the nominal clock time interval representation GA8HE and is formulated based on the timer specification FT 21.
The measurement value application range RQ1U is represented by a measurement value application range code EL1U included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230, having an application range limit value pair DQ1U, and is preset in the specified measurement value format HH95 based on one of the timer specification FT21, the measurement application function specification GAL8, and a second data encoding rule WX8 HU. For example, the plurality of different measurement values are referenced to the range codes EL11, EL12, \8230, all defaulted based on the measurement application functional specification GAL 8. The second data encoding rule WX8HU is used to convert the clock time application interval representation GA8HU and is formulated based on the timer specification FT 21. The application range limit value pair DQ1U comprises a first application range limit value DQ15 and a second application range limit value DQ16 corresponding to the first application range limit value DQ 15.
In some embodiments, the method ML80 further comprises the steps of: providing a storage space SU11; and storing the preset rated range limit value pair DP1A and a variable clock interval code UF8A in the storage space SU 11. When a trigger event JQ81 occurs, the variable clock interval code UF8A is equal to a specific measurement value range code EL14 selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230. For example, the specific measurement value range code EL14 indicates a specific clock time interval HR1E4 previously determined based on a sensing operation ZT 81. The particular clock time interval HR1E4 is selected from the plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, \ 8230. The sensing operation ZT81 performed by the timer 342 is used to sense the clock time TH1A.
Before the occurrence of the trigger event JQ81, the specific measurement value range code EL14 is assigned to the variable clock interval code UF8A. The method ML80 further comprises the steps of: responding to the trigger event JQ81, receiving an operation request signal SJ81; under the condition that the trigger event JQ81 occurs, responding to the operation request signal SJ81 to obtain an operation reference data code XV81 from the storage space SU 11; and determining the measurement value application range code EL1U selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, 8230by running a data determination procedure NK8A to perform a data determination AK8A using the operation reference data code XV81, to select the measurement value application range RQ1U from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, 8230. The operation reference data XV81 is identical to an allowable reference data defined based on the measurement application function specification GAL 8.
In some embodiments, the data determination procedure NK8A is constructed based on the measurement application function specification GAL 8. The data determination AK8A is one of a first data determination operation AK81 and a second data determination operation AK 82. On the condition that the operation reference data code XV81 is obtained to be identical to the specific measurement value range code EL14 by accessing the variable clock time interval code UF8A stored in the storage space SU11, it is the data determination AK8A of the first data determination operation AK81 that determines the measurement value application range code EL1U based on the obtained specific measurement value range code EL14. For example, the first data determination operation AK81 is a first scientific calculation MC81 using the obtained specific measurement value range code EL14, and the determined measurement value application range code EL1U is the same as or different from the obtained specific measurement value range code EL14.
On the condition that the operation reference data code XV81 is obtained by accessing the nominal range limit value pair DP1A stored in the storage space SU11 to be identical to the preset nominal range limit value pair DP1A, the data determination AK8A, which is the second data determination operation AK82, selects the measurement value application range code EL1U to determine the measurement value application range code EL1U by performing a second scientific calculation MD81 using the measurement value NY81 and the obtained nominal range limit value pair DP1A from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230. For example, the second scientific calculation MD81 is performed based on a specific empirical formula XS 81. The specific empirical formula XS81 is predefined based on the predetermined nominal range limit value pair DP1A and the plurality of different measured value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230.
In some embodiments, the method ML80 further comprises the steps of: obtaining the application range limit value pair DQ1U based on the determined measurement value application range code EL 1U; checking the mathematical relationship KQ81 to make a logical decision PQ81 whether the measurement NY81 is within the selected application range RQ1U, based on a data comparison CF81 between the measurement NY81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DQ1U; and determining the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently located, on a condition that the logic determines PQ81 to be affirmative.
The method ML80 further comprises a step of: on the condition that the specific measurement value range code EL14 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EL1U and that the clock time application interval HR1EU, in which the clock time TH1A is currently located, is determined by making the logical decision PQ81, the determined measurement value application range code EL1U is assigned to the variable clock time interval code UF8A on the basis of a code difference DG81 between the variable clock time interval code UF8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EL14 and the determined measurement value application range code EL 1U.
The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a particular physical parameter state JE16 that is different from the physical parameter target state JE 1U. The method ML80 further comprises the steps of: providing a button 3801; receiving a user input operation BQ82 using the button 3801 on the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is caused to be in the physical parameter target state JE1U by checking the first mathematical relationship KQ 81; and generating an operation signal SG87 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target state JE1U to enter the specific physical parameter state JE16 in response to the user input operation BQ 82.
Please refer to fig. 6. Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of the implementation 9015 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 6, the implementation 9015 includes a function device 130 for controlling a variable physical parameter QU 1A. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter target state JE1U. The function device 130 includes a timer 342 and a processing unit 331. The timer 342 senses a clock time TH1A to generate a sensing signal SY81. For example, the clock time TH1A is characterized based on a clock time application interval HR1EU represented by a measurement application range RQ 1U.
The processing unit 331 is coupled to the timer 342, obtains a measurement NY81 in response to the sensing signal SY81, and brings the variable physical parameter QU1A into the physical parameter target state JE1U if the processing unit 331 determines that the clock time TH1A enters the clock time application interval HR1EU by examining a first mathematical relationship KQ81 between the measurement NY81 and the measurement application range RQ1U, and JP 81.
Please refer to fig. 2, fig. 3, fig. 4, fig. 5 and fig. 6. In some embodiments, the function device 130 further comprises a receiving unit 337 coupled to the processing unit 331, and a physical parameter applying unit 335 coupled to the processing unit 331. The clock time TH1A is further characterized based on a clock time designation interval HR1ET that is different from the clock time application interval HR1EU. For example, the clock time designation interval HR1ET is earlier than the clock time application interval HR1EU. After the receiving unit 337 receives a control signal SC81 from a control device 212, the processing unit 331 obtains a sequence of measurement values JY81 containing the measurement values NY81 in response to the sensing signal SY81 due to the control signal SC 81. For example, the control signal SC81 functions to indicate the clock time designation interval HR1 ET. The control device 212 is one of a mobile device and a remote controller. In the condition that the control device 212 is the remote controller, the control signal SC81 is an optical signal. For example, in a condition that the control device 212 is the mobile device, the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from the control device 212 through a wireless link, or the control signal SC81 is a radio signal.
The processing unit 331 makes a logical decision PR81 whether the clock time TH1A has entered the clock time application interval HR1EU from the clock time specification interval HR1ET by checking a second mathematical relationship KQ82 between the measurement value sequence JY81 and the measurement value application range RQ 1U. The clock time application interval HR1EU entered is determined on condition that the logic decision PR81 is positive. The timer 342 complies with a timer specification FT21. For example, the measurement application range RQ1U is defaulted based on the timer specification FT21. The timer specification FT21 includes a full measurement range representation FK8E for representing a full measurement range QK 8E. For example, the measurement application range RQ1U is equal to a portion of the full measurement range QK 8E.
The measurement value NY81 is obtained in a specified measurement value format HH 95. The measurement value application range RQ1U is preset with the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the timer specification FT21. The measurement application range RQ1U has an application range limit value pair DQ1U and is represented by a measurement application range code EL 1U. For example, the application range limit value pair DQ1U is preset. The processing unit 331 is responsive to the control signal SC81 to obtain the application range limit value pair DQ1U and the measured value application range code EL1U and to check the first mathematical relationship KQ81 by comparing the measured value NY81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DQ 1U. The physical parameter target state JE1U is represented by a physical parameter target state code EW 1U.
In some embodiments, the physical parameter application unit 335 has the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in a physical parameter application state JE1T. On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the clock time application interval HR1EU entered by checking the first mathematical relationship KQ81, the processing unit 331 obtains the physical parameter target state code EW1U based on the obtained measurement value application range code EL1U, and executes a physical parameter relationship checking control GX8U for checking a physical parameter relationship KD9U between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target state JE1U based on the obtained physical parameter target state code EW 1U.
Under the condition that the physical parameter application state JE1T is different from the physical parameter target state JE1U and the processing unit 331 determines a physical parameter state difference DT81 between the physical parameter target state JE1U and the physical parameter application state JE1T by executing the physical parameter relation check control GX8U, the processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY85 to generate an operation signal SG85 based on the obtained physical parameter target state code EW1U and transmits the operation signal SG85 to the physical parameter application unit 335. The physical parameter applying unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target state JE1U from the physical parameter application state JE1T in response to the operation signal SG85.
On condition that the processing unit 331 determines the incoming clock time application interval HR1EU by checking the first mathematical relationship KQ81, the processing unit 331 performs a data storage control operation GM8U for causing a clock time application interval code UF8U representing the determined clock time application interval HR1EU to be stored. The variable physical parameter QU1A and the clock time TH1A belong to a physical parameter type TU11 and a clock time type TQ11, respectively. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is different from the clock time type TQ11.
In some embodiments, the timer 342 complies with a timer specification FT21. For example, the measurement application range RQ1U is defaulted based on the timer specification FT21. The timer specification FT21 includes a full measurement range representation FK8E for representing a full measurement range QK 8E. For example, the measurement application range RQ1U is equal to a first portion of the full measurement range QK 8E. The processing unit 331 is configured to execute a measurement application function FA81 associated with the clock time application interval HR1 EU. The measurement application function FA81 complies with a measurement application function specification GAL8 related to the clock time application interval HR1 EU.
The processing unit 331 is responsive to the sensing signal SY81 to obtain the measurement value NY81 in a specified measurement value format HH 95. For example, the specified measurement value format HH95 is characterized based on a specified number of bits UY 95. The clock time TH1A is further characterized based on a nominal clock time interval HR 1E. For example, the nominal clock time interval HR1E is represented by a nominal measurement range HR1N and includes a plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, 8230represented by a plurality of different measurement reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, \8230, respectively. The plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, \ 8230comprises the clock time application interval HR1EU. The measurement application function specification GAL8 includes the timer specification FT21, a nominal clock time interval representation GA8HE for representing the nominal clock time interval HR1E, and a clock time application interval representation GA8HU for representing the clock time application interval HR1EU.
In some embodiments, the nominal measurement value range HR1N is equal to at least a second portion of the full measurement value range QK8E, is preset in the designated measurement value format HH95 based on one of the timer specification FT21, the measurement application function specification GAL8, and a first data encoding rule WX8HE, has a nominal range limit value pair DP1A, and includes a plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, 8230, the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, 8230being represented respectively. For example, the nominal range limit value pair DP1A is preset in the specified measurement value format HH 95. The plurality of different measurement reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, \8230, including the measurement application range RQ1U. The first data encoding rule WX8HE is used to convert the nominal clock time interval representation GA8HE and is formulated based on the timer specification FT 21.
The measurement value application range RQ1U is represented by a measurement value application range code EL1U included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230, having an application range limit value pair DQ1U, and is preset in the specified measurement value format HH95 based on one of the timer specification FT21, the measurement application function specification GAL8, and a second data encoding rule WX8 HU. For example, the plurality of different measurement values are referenced to the range codes EL11, EL12, \8230allby default based on the measurement application functional specification GAL 8. The second data encoding rule WX8HU is used to convert the clock time application interval representation GA8HU and is formulated based on the timer specification FT 21. The DQ1U value includes a first DQ15 value and a second DQ16 value corresponding to the first DQ15 value.
In some embodiments, the function device 130 further includes a storage unit 332 coupled to the processing unit 331, and includes a trigger application unit 387 coupled to the processing unit 331. The storage unit 332 stores the default nominal range limit value pair DP1A and a variable clock interval code UF8A. When a trigger event JQ81 associated with the trigger application unit 387 occurs, the variable clock time interval code UF8A equals a specific measurement value range code EL14 selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230. For example, the specific measurement value range code EL14 indicates a specific clock time interval HR1E4 previously determined based on a sensing operation ZT 81. The particular clock time interval HR1E4 is selected from the plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, \ 8230. The sensing operation ZT81 performed by the timer 342 is used to sense the clock time TH1A.
Before the occurrence of the trigger event JQ81, the specific measurement value range code EL14 is assigned to the variable clock interval code UF8A. The trigger application unit 387 responds to the trigger event JQ81 to make the processing unit 331 receive an operation request signal SJ81. Under the condition that the trigger event JQ81 occurs, the processing unit 331 obtains an operation reference data code XV81 from the storage unit 332 in response to the operation request signal SJ81, and performs a data determination AK8A using the operation reference data code XV81 by executing a data determination program NK8A to determine the measurement value application range code EL1U selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230toselect the measurement value application range RQ1U from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, \8230. The operation reference data XV81 is identical to an allowable reference data defined based on the measurement application function specification GAL 8. The data determination program NK8A is constructed based on the measurement application function specification GAL 8.
In some embodiments, the data determining AK8A is one of a first data determining operation AK81 and a second data determining operation AK 82. On the condition that the operation reference data code XV81 is obtained to be identical to the specific measurement value range code EL14 by accessing the variable clock time interval code UF8A stored in the storage unit 332, it is the data determination AK8A of the first data determination operation AK81 that determines the measurement value application range code EL1U based on the obtained specific measurement value range code EL14. For example, the first data determining operation AK81 is a first scientific calculation MC81 using the obtained specific measurement value range code EL14. The determined measurement value application range code EL1U is the same as or different from the particular measurement value range code EL14 obtained.
Under the condition that the operation reference data code XV81 is obtained to be identical to the preset nominal range limit value pair DP1A by accessing the nominal range limit value pair DP1A stored in the storage unit 332, the data determination AK8A, which is the second data determination operation AK82, selects the measurement value application range code EL1U to determine the measurement value application range code EL1U by performing a second scientific calculation MD81 using the measurement value NY81 and the obtained nominal range limit value pair DP1A from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, 8230. For example, the second scientific calculation MD81 is performed based on a specific empirical formula XS 81. The specific empirical formula XS81 is predefined based on the predetermined nominal range limit value pair DP1A and the plurality of different measured value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 applies the range code EL1U to obtain the application range limit value pair DQ1U based on the determined measurement value, and checks the first mathematical relationship KQ81 to make a logical decision PQ81 whether the measurement value NY81 is within the selected application range RQ1U based on a data comparison CF81 between the measurement value NY81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DQ 1U. On the condition that the logic decides PQ81 to be affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines the condition JP81. For example, the case JP81 is a specific case.
On the condition that the specific measurement value range code EL14 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EL1U and the processing unit 331 determines the incoming clock time application interval HR1EU by making the logical decision PQ81, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the determined measurement value application range code EL1U to the variable clock time interval code UF8A based on a code difference DG81 between the variable clock time interval code UF8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EL14 and the determined measurement value application range code EL 1U.
The input unit 380 includes a button 3801. The physical parameter application unit 335 has the variable physical parameter QU1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a particular physical parameter state JE16 different from the physical parameter target state JE 1U. On the condition that the processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target state JE1U by checking the first mathematical relationship KQ81, the input unit 380 receives a user input operation BQ82 using the button 3801. The processing unit 331 transmits an operation signal SG87 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target state JE1U to enter the specific physical parameter state JE16 to the physical parameter application unit 335 in response to the user input operation BQ82.
Please refer to fig. 6. A method ML82 for controlling a variable physical parameter QU1A is disclosed. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter target state JE1U. The method comprises the following steps: sensing a clock time TH1A to generate a sensing signal SY81, wherein the clock time TH1A is characterized based on a clock time application interval HR1EU represented by a measurement value application range RQ 1U; obtaining a measurement value NY81 in response to the sensing signal SY 81; and bringing said variable physical parameter QU1A into said physical parameter target state JE1U on the condition that a condition JP81 in which said clock time TH1A enters said clock time application interval HR1EU is determined by checking a first mathematical relationship KQ81 between said measured value NY81 and said measured value application range RQ 1U.
Please refer to fig. 7 and 8. Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9016 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9017 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 7 and 8, each of the implementation structure 9016 and the implementation structure 9017 includes the control device 212 and the function device 130. The function device 130 includes the processing unit 331, the timer 342, the storage unit 332, the physical parameter applying unit 335, and the receiving unit 337. The timer 342, the storage unit 332, the physical parameter application unit 335, and the receiving unit 337 are all controlled by the processing unit 331. For example, the physical parameter application unit 335 is located at one of the inside of the function device 130 and the outside of the function device 130.
In some embodiments, the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 functioning to indicate the physical parameter application state JE1T from the control device 212. The processing unit 331 puts the variable physical parameter QU1A in the physical parameter application state JE1T based on the control signal SC81. The clock time specified interval HR1ET is adjacent to the clock time application interval HR1EU and is represented by a measurement value specified range RQ1T and has a start limit time HR1ET1 and an end limit time HR1ET2 relative to the start limit time HR1ET 1. The measurement value designated range RQ1T has a designated range limit value pair DQ1T and is represented by a measurement value designated range code EL 1T. For example, the measurement value specification range RQ1T is a measurement time value target range. The measurement value specified range code EL1T is a time value target range code. The specified range limit value pair DQ1T is a target range limit value pair.
The control signal SC81 functions to indicate the clock time designation interval HR1 ET. The processing unit 331 controls the timer 342 in response to the control signal SC81 to cause the timer 342 to measure the clock time TH1A in accordance with the start limit time HR1ET 1. For example, the processing unit 331 makes the variable physical parameter QU1A in the physical parameter application state JE1T within the clock time specified interval HR1ET based on the control signal SC81.
In some embodiments, the physical parameter application state JE1T is represented by a physical parameter application state code EW 1T. The control signal SC81 functions to indicate the physical parameter application state JE1T by delivering one of the physical parameter application state code EW1T and the measured value target range code EM1T, and functions to indicate at least one of the clock time specified interval HR1ET and the measured value specified range RQ1T by delivering the specified range limit value pair DQ 1T. The processing unit 331 obtains the physical parameter application state code EW1T and the specified range limit value pair DQ1T from the control signal SC81, and brings the variable physical parameter QU1A to the physical parameter application state JE1T within the clock time specified interval HR1ET based on the obtained physical parameter application state code EW 1T.
The function device 130 includes the trigger application unit 387. After the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from the control device 212, the trigger event JQ81 occurs. For example, the trigger event JQ81 occurs in response to the control signal SC 81. On condition that the trigger event JQ81 occurs, the processing unit 331 performs a scientific calculation ME81 using the obtained specified pair of range limit values DQ1T to obtain the pair of application range limit values DQ1U in response to the trigger event JQ81, and checks the mathematical relationship KQ81 by comparing the measured value NY81 and the obtained pair of application range limit values DQ 1U.
For example, the trigger event JQ81 is associated with the trigger application 387 and is one of a trigger event, a user input event, a signal input event, a state change event, and an integer overflow event. The trigger application unit 387 supplies the operation request signal SJ81 to the processing unit 331 in response to the trigger event JQ81, and thereby causes the processing unit 331 to receive the operation request signal SJ81. The processing unit 331 is responsive to the operation request signal SJ81 to perform the scientific calculation ME81 to obtain the application range limit value pair DQ1U for a check of the physical parameter relationship KD9U between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target state JE 1U.
In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a plurality of different physical parameter reference states JE11, JE12, \8230. The physical parameter application state JE1T and the physical parameter target state JE1U are respectively represented by a plurality of different physical parameter reference state codes EW11, EW12, \8230. For example, the physical parameter target state JE1U is the same as or different from the physical parameter application state JE1T. The physical parameter target state JE1T is predetermined based on a physical parameter target range RD1 ET. The physical parameter target state JE1U is predetermined according to a physical parameter target range RD1 EU. The plurality of different physical parameter reference states JE11, JE12, \8230arepredetermined based on a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \8230, respectively. For example, the physical parameter target range RD1EU is a physical parameter candidate range.
The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \8230. The plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \ 8230represented by a plurality of different measured value reference ranges RN11, RN12, \ 8230, respectively, and including the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter target range RD1EU. The physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter target range RD1EU are represented by a measured value target range RN1T and a measured value target range RN1U, respectively. The plurality of different measured value reference ranges RN11, RN12, and 8230are represented by a plurality of different measured value reference range codes EM11, EM12, and 8230, respectively, and include the measured value target range RN1T and the measured value target range RN1U.
The plurality of different measured value reference range codes EM11, EM12, \ 8230comprise a measured value target range code EM1T and a measured value target range code EM1U, and are respectively identical to the plurality of different physical parameter reference state codes EW11, EW12, \ 8230. For example, the plurality of different physical parameter reference state codes EW11, EW12, \8230, comprising the physical parameter application state code EW1T and the physical parameter object state code EW1U, are preset. The measured-value target range code EM1T and the measured-value target range code EM1U are respectively the same as the physical-parameter application state code EW1T and the physical-parameter target state code EW1U.
In some embodiments, the clock time specified interval HR1ET and the clock time application interval HR1EU have a specified time length LH8T and an application time length LH8U identical to the specified time length LH8T, respectively. The specified time length LH8T and the applied time length LH8U are represented by a measured time length value VH8T and a measured time length value VH8U, respectively. For example, the length of measurement time value VH8U is the same as the length of measurement time value VH8T. The measured time length value VH8T and the measured time length value VH8U are both preset in the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the timer specification FT 21.
The clock time application interval HR1EU has a relative interval position LE81 relative to the clock time specified interval HR1 ET. The relative interval position LE81 is represented by a relative value VL81. For example, on the condition that the clock time application interval HR1EU is adjacent to the clock time designation interval HR1ET, the relative value VL81 is equal to 1. The processing unit 331 obtains the relative value VL81 in response to the operation request signal SJ 81. The scientific calculation ME81 performs a subtraction operation ZF81 on the obtained specified range limit value pair DQ1T to obtain the measurement time length value VH8U, and obtains the application range limit value pair DQ1U using the obtained relative value VL81, the obtained measurement time length value VH8U, and the obtained specified range limit value pair DQ 1T.
For example, the storage unit 332 stores the physical parameter application state code EW1T stored based on the preset measurement value specifying range code EL 1T. The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value specified range code EL1T by performing a scientific calculation MH81 using the obtained specified range limit value pair DQ1T, and obtains the stored physical parameter application state code EW1T from the storage unit 332 based on the obtained measurement value specified range code EL 1T.
Please refer to fig. 9, 10, 11 and 12. Fig. 9 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9018 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 10 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9019 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9020 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9021 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 9, 10, 11, and 12, each of the implementation structure 9018, the implementation structure 9019, the implementation structure 9020, and the implementation structure 9021 includes the control device 212 and the function device 130. The function device 130 includes the processing unit 331, the timer 342, the physical parameter application unit 335, and the storage unit 332. The timer 342, the physical parameter application unit 335, and the storage unit 332 are all controlled by the processing unit 331.
In some embodiments, the timer 342 is controlled by the processing unit 331 and is used to measure the clock time TH1A. The timer 342 is configured to comply with the timer specification FT21. The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to the clock time TH1A. The clock time TH1A is characterized based on a plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, \ 8230. The plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, \ 8230, represented by a plurality of different measured value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, \ 8230, respectively, are arranged based on a default time reference interval sequence QB 81. The plurality of different measurement reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, \8230areordered based on the default temporal reference interval sequence QB 81. For example, the plurality of different measurement reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, \8230area plurality of time value reference ranges.
The different measurement reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, 8230are preset in a designated measurement format HH95 based on the timer specification FT21 and are represented by different measurement reference range codes EL11, EL12, 8230. For example, the specified measurement value format HH95 is a specified count value format. The reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230fordifferent measured values are respectively a plurality of reference range codes for measured time values. The storage unit 332 is provided with a plurality of different memory positions YS81, YS82 and/or/and 8230, and a plurality of physical parameter designated range codes UQ11, UQ12 and/or/and 8230are respectively stored in the plurality of different memory positions YS81, YS82 and/or/and 8230. For example, the plurality of physical parameters specify range codes UQ11, UQ12, \8230, and are respectively equal to a plurality of physical parameter specifying status codes. The plurality of physical parameter specifying-state codes respectively represent a plurality of physical parameter specifying states relating to the variable physical parameter QU 1A.
The plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2 and 8230are respectively represented by a plurality of clock time reference interval codes. For example, the plurality of clock time reference interval codes are configured to be equal to the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230, respectively. Accordingly, the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230areconfigured to indicate the plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, \8230, respectively. For example, the specified measurement value format HH95 is characterized based on the specified number of bits UY 95.
The plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230comprisesa measurement value designation range code EL1T and a measurement value application range code EL1U. The multiple different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, \ 8230comprise a clock time designated interval HR1ET and a clock time application interval HR1EU. The measurement value specification range code EL1T and the measurement value application range code EL1U are configured to indicate the clock time specification interval HR1ET and the clock time application interval HR1EU, respectively. The plurality of different measurement reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, \8230comprisea measurement designation range RQ1T and a measurement application range RQ1U. The clock time specified interval HR1ET and the clock time applied interval HR1EU are represented by the measurement value specified range RQ1T and the measurement value applied range RQ1U, respectively.
In some embodiments, the plurality of different memory locations YS81, YS82, \8230areidentified based on the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230, respectively. For example, the plurality of different memory locations YS81, YS82, \8230areidentified based on or identified by the plurality of memory addresses AS81, AS82, \8230, respectively. The plurality of memory addresses AS81, AS82, \8230arepreset based on the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230, respectively.
The clock time TH1A is further characterized based on a nominal clock time interval HR1E, for example. The nominal clock time interval HR1E includes the plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, \ 8230, and is represented by a nominal measurement range HR 1N. The nominal measurement value range HR1N contains the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, \ 8230, and is preset with the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the nominal clock time interval HR1E and the timer specification FT 21. For example, the nominal clock time interval HR1E is equal to 24 hours. The nominal measured value range HR1N is a nominal time value range.
For example, the measurement application function specification GAL8 includes a nominal clock time interval representation GA8HE and a clock time reference interval representation GA8HR. The nominal clock time interval representation GA8HE is used to represent the nominal clock time interval HR1E. The clock time reference interval representation GA8HR is used to represent the plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, \ 8230. The nominal measurement value range HR1N is equal to at least a second portion of the full measurement value range QK8E and is preset in the specified measurement value format HH95 based on one of the timer specification FT21, the measurement application function specification GAL8, and the first data encoding rule WX8 HE. The first data encoding rule WX8HE is used to convert the nominal clock time interval representation GA8HE and is formulated based on the timer specification FT 21. For example, the nominal measurement value range HR1N is predetermined by performing a data encoding operation ZX8HE using the first data encoding rule WX8 HE.
The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, \8230arepreset with the specified measurement value format HH95 based on one of the timer specification FT21, the measurement application function specification GAL8, and a data encoding rule WX 8HR. The data encoding rule WX8HR is used to convert the clock time reference interval representation GA8HR and is formulated based on the timer specification FT 21. For example, the plurality of different measurement reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, \8230arepreset by performing a data encoding operation ZX8HR using the data encoding rule WX 8HR.
In some embodiments, the plurality of physical parameter designation range codes UQ11, UQ12, \8230areconfigured to be stored and include a physical parameter target range code UQ1T and a physical parameter target range code UQ1U based on the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230, respectively. The physical parameter designated range codes UQ11, UQ12 and 8230are selected from the physical parameter reference state codes EW11, EW12 and 8230. For example, the physical parameter target range code UQ1U is a physical parameter candidate range code.
The physical parameter target range code UQ1T represents a physical parameter target range RD1ET within which the variable physical parameter QU1A is expected to be within the clock time specified interval HR1ET, and is configured to be stored in a memory location YS8T based on the measurement value specified range code EL 1T. The memory location YS8T is identified based on a memory address AS 8T. The plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, \8230allare defaulted based on the measurement application functional specification GAL 8. For example, the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset physical parameter application state code EW1T. The physical parameter target range code UQ1U is identical to the physical parameter application state code EW1U.
The physical parameter target range code UQ1U represents a physical parameter target range RD1EU within which the variable physical parameter QU1A is expected to be within the clock time application interval HR1EU, and is configured to be stored in a memory location YS8U based on the measurement value application range code EL 1U. The memory location YS8U is identified based on a memory address AS 8U. Both physical parameter target range RD1ET and physical parameter target range RD1EU are selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \ 8230. For example, the clock time application interval HR1EU is adjacent to the clock time designation interval HR1ET. The physical parameter target range code UQ1U is identical to the physical parameter target state code EW1U. The physical parameter target range RD1EU has a default physical parameter target range limit ZD1U1 and a default physical parameter target range limit ZD1U2 relative to the default physical parameter target range limit ZD1U 1.
In some embodiments, when the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset physical parameter application state code EW1T. The control signal SC81 delivers the measurement value specifying range code EL1T by default. The processing unit 331 obtains the delivered measurement value specified range code EL1T from the control signal SC81, obtains the memory address AS8T based on the obtained measurement value specified range code EL1T, and accesses the physical parameter target range code UQ1T stored in the memory location YS8T based on the obtained memory address AS8T to obtain one of the physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the preset physical parameter application state code EW1T. For example, the clock time specified interval HR1ET and the clock time applied interval HR1EU have a predetermined time interval therebetween.
For example, on the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset physical parameter application state code EW1T, the control signal SC81 indirectly functions to indicate the physical parameter application state JE1T by delivering the preset measurement value specifying range code EL 1T. When the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the variable physical parameter QU1A is in a physical parameter application state JE1L. The processing unit 331 executes a physical parameter relationship checking control GX8T for checking a physical parameter relationship KD9T between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter application state JE1T based on the obtained physical parameter application state code EW 1T. For example, the control signal SC81 functions to indicate at least one of the clock time specified interval HR1ET and the measurement value specified range RQ1T by transmitting the measurement value specified range code EL1T preset, and functions to indicate the physical parameter application state JE1T by functioning to indicate the clock time specified interval HR1 ET.
In some embodiments, on the condition that the physical parameter application state JE1L is different from the physical parameter application state JE1T and the processing unit 331 determines a physical parameter state difference DT8T between the physical parameter application state JE1T and the physical parameter application state JE1L by executing the physical parameter relation check control GX8T, the processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained physical parameter application state code EW1T to generate an operation signal SG81, and transmits the operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335. The physical parameter application unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter application state JE1T from the physical parameter application state JE1L in response to the operation signal SG81. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A enters the physical parameter application state JE1T by entering the physical parameter target range RD1 ET.
The processing unit 331 performs a data storage control operation GM8T based on the obtained measurement value specifying range code EL1T, the data storage control operation GM8T being for causing a clock time application interval code UF8T representing the clock time specifying interval HR1ET to be stored. For example, the clock time application interval code UF8T is identical to the measurement value specifying range code EL1T obtained. The data storage control operation GM8T assigns the clock time application interval code UF8T to the variable clock time interval code UF8A by using the storage unit 332.
For example, the storage unit 332 stores a variable physical parameter range code UN8A. On the condition that the physical parameter application state JE1L is different from the physical parameter application state JE1T and the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter state difference DT8T by executing the physical parameter relationship check control GX8T, the processing unit 331 specifies one of the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the obtained physical parameter application state code EW1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A by using the storage unit 332.
In some embodiments, the timer 342 is configured to represent the clock time specified interval HR1ET by using the measurement value specified range RQ1T and is configured to represent the clock time application interval HR1EU by using the measurement value application range RQ 1U. The control signal SC81 further delivers the measured time length value VH8T representing the specified time length LH8T and a clock reference time value NR81 representing a clock reference time TR 81. For example, the clock reference time TR81 is close to a current time. For example, a time difference between the clock reference time TR81 and the current time is within a predetermined time period. The clock reference time value NR81 is preset in the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the clock reference time TR81 and the timer specification FT 21.
The measurement value specified range RQ1T has the specified range limit value pair DQ1T. The specified range limit value pair DQ1T includes a specified range limit value DQ13 and a specified range limit value DQ14 relative to the specified range limit value DQ 13. For example, the specified range limit value DQ13 and the specified range limit value DQ14 are a start range limit value and an end range limit value, respectively. The specified range limit value DQ13 is equal to the clock reference time value NR81.
The control signal SC81 delivers a control message CG81. The control information CG81 includes the measurement value specifying range code EL1T, the clock reference time value NR81, and the measurement time length value VH8T. For example, the measurement application function specification GAL8 contains a clock time representation GA8TR. The clock time representation GA8TR is used to represent the clock reference time TR81. The clock reference time value NR81 is preset in the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the clock time representation GA8TR, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZX8TR for converting the clock time representation GA8TR.
The control device 212 includes an operation unit 297. The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value specifying range code EL1T, the clock reference time value NR81, and the clock reference time value NR81 from the control signal SC81 in response to the control signal SC81. For example, the operation unit 297 is configured to obtain the default measurement value-specifying range code EL1T, the preset clock reference time value NR81, and the preset measurement time length value VH8T, and output the control signal SC81 that conveys the control information CG81 based on the obtained clock reference time value NR81, the obtained measurement value-specifying range code EL1T, and the obtained measurement time length value VH8T.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 causes the timer 342 to start within a start time TT82 based on the obtained clock reference time value NR81, and thereby causes the timer 342 to generate a sensing signal SY80 by sensing the clock time TH1A within the start time TT 82. For example, the sensing signal SY80 is a clock time signal. The sensing signal SY80 is an initial timing signal and delivers a measurement NY80 in the specified measurement format HH 95. For example, the measurement NY80 is an initial count value. For example, the measured value NY80 is equal to the clock reference time value NR81.
For example, the timer 342 is configured to have a variable count value NY8A. On condition that the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 delivering the clock reference time value NR81 from the control device 212, the processing unit 331 starts the timer 342 based on the obtained clock reference time value NR81 to perform a counting operation BD81 for the measurement application function FA81 to change the variable count value NY8A. The variable count value NY8A is configured to be equal to the measurement value NY80 within the start time TT82, and is provided in the specified measurement value format HH 95. For example, the measured value NY80 is configured to be the same as the obtained clock reference time value NR81.
On the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET based on the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 reaches an operation time TY81 based on the counting operation BD 81. Within the operation time TY81, the timer 342 senses the clock time TH1A to cause the variable count value NY8A to be equal to a measurement value NY81, and thereby generates a sensing signal SY81 conveying the measurement value NY 81. For example, the operation time TY81 is a specified time.
For example, the trigger application unit 387 supplies the operation request signal SJ81 to the processing unit 331 in response to the trigger event JQ81, and thereby causes the processing unit 331 to receive the operation request signal SJ81. The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value NY81 in the specified measurement value format HH95 from the sense signal SY81 within the operation time TY81 in response to the operation request signal SJ81, and obtains or determines the measurement value application range code EL1U by performing a scientific calculation MH85 using the obtained measurement value specified range code EL1T within the operation time TY81 so as to check the physical parameter relationship KD9U between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target state JE 1U.
In some embodiments, the measurement specified range RQ1T has the specified range limit value pair DQ1T. The specified range limit value pair DQ1T includes the specified range limit value DQ13 and the specified range limit value DQ14 with respect to the specified range limit value DQ 13. The measurement value designation range RQ1T and the designated range limit value pair DQ1T are both preset in the designated measurement value format HH95 based on the clock time designation interval HR1ET and the timer specification FT 21. The measurement application range RQ1U has the application range limit value pair DQ1U. The application range limit value pair DQ1U includes the first application range limit value DQ15 and the second application range limit value DQ16 relative to the first application range limit value DQ 15. The measurement value application range RQ1U and the application range limit value pair DQ1U are both preset with the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the clock time application interval HR1EU and the timer specification FT 21.
For example, the measurement application function specification GAL8 includes a clock time specification interval representation GA8HT and a clock time application interval representation GA8HU. The clock time designation interval representation GA8HT is used to represent the clock time designation interval HR1ET. The clock time application interval representation GA8HU is used to represent the clock time application interval HR1EU. The measurement value designation range RQ1T and the designation range limit value pair DQ1T are preset in the designated measurement value format HH95 based on the clock time designation interval representation GA8HT, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZX8HT for converting the clock time designation interval representation GA8 HT. The measurement value application range RQ1U and the application range limit value pair DQ1U are preset with the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the clock time application interval representation GA8HU, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZX8HU for converting the clock time application interval representation GA8HU.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 determines the measured value application range code EL1U within the operation time TY81 based on the control signal SC81 to check the physical parameter relationship KD9U between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target state JE 1U. For example, the processing unit 331 is responsive to the operation request signal SJ81 to determine the measurement value application range code EL1U within the operation time TY81 based on the control signal SC 81. The processing unit 331 determines the relative value VL81 within the operation time TY81 and obtains the application range limit value pair DQ1U by performing a scientific calculation ME85 using the determined relative value VL81, the obtained measurement time length value VH8T and the obtained clock reference time value NR 81.
For example, the processing unit 331 determines the relative value VL81 within the operation time TY81 in response to the operation request signal SJ81, and determines the measurement value application range code EL1U based on the determined relative value VL81 and the obtained measurement value specification range code EL 1T. The processing unit 331 checks the mathematical relationship KQ81 based on the data comparison CF81 between the obtained measured value NY81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DQ1U to make the logical decision PQ81 whether the measured value NY81 is within the selected application range RQ1U of measured values. On a condition that the logic determines that PQ81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently located.
On the condition that the obtained measurement value specifying range code EL1T is different from the determined measurement value application range code EL1U and that the processing unit 331 determines the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is presently located by making the logical decision PQ81, the processing unit 331 performs the data storage control operation GM8U based on a code difference DG83 between the variable clock time interval code UF8A equal to the measurement value specifying range code EL1T and the determined measurement value application range code EL1U. The data storage control operation GM8U uses the storage unit 332 to assign the determined measurement value application range code EL1U to the variable clock time interval code UF8A.
In some embodiments, when the trigger event JQ81 occurs, the physical parameter target range code UQ1U is equal to the preset physical parameter target state code EW1U. On the condition that the trigger event JQ81 occurs, the processing unit 331 determines the measurement value application range code EL1U based on the control signal SC81 in response to the operation request signal SJ 81. On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently located by making the logical decision PQ81, the processing unit 331 obtains the memory address AS8U based on the determined measurement value application range code EL1U, and accesses the physical parameter target range code UQ1U stored in the memory location YS8U based on the obtained memory address AS8U to obtain one of the physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the preset physical parameter target status code EW1U.
For example, when the processing unit 331 checks the mathematical relationship KQ81, the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the physical parameter application state JE1T. The processing unit 331 executes the physical parameter relationship checking control GX8U for checking the physical parameter relationship KD9U between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target state JE1U based on the obtained physical parameter target state code EW 1U. On the condition that the physical parameter application state JE1T is different from the physical parameter target state JE1U and the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter state difference DT81 between the physical parameter target state JE1U and the physical parameter application state JE1T by executing the physical parameter relation check control GX8U, the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY85 based on the obtained physical parameter target state code EW1U to generate the operation signal SG85 and transmits the operation signal SG85 to the physical parameter application unit 335.
The physical parameter applying unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target state JE1U from the physical parameter application state JE1T in response to the operation signal SG85. For example, variable physical parameter QU1A enters physical parameter target state JE1U by entering physical parameter target range RD1 EU. For example, on the condition that the physical parameter application state JE1T is different from the physical parameter target state JE1U and the processing unit 331 determines a physical parameter state difference DT81 by executing the physical parameter relationship check control GX8U, the processing unit 331 specifies one of the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the obtained physical parameter target state code EW1U to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A by using the storage unit 332.
In some embodiments, the control device 212 includes the operation unit 297 and a state change detector 475 coupled to the operation unit 297. The physical parameter appointed range codes UQ11, UQ12, \8230belongto a physical parameter appointed range code type TS81. The physical parameter specifying range code type TS81 is identified by a physical parameter specifying range code type identifier HS 81. The physical parameter specification range code type identifier HS81 is preset. The memory address AS8T is preset based on the preset physical parameter specified range code type identifier HS81 and the preset measurement value specified range code EL 1T. The memory address AS8U is preset based on the preset physical parameter designation range code type identifier HS81 and the preset measurement value application range code EL 1U. For example, the state change detector 475 is configured to cause the operation unit 297 to transmit the control signal SC81 to the receiving unit 337.
Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the operating unit 297 is configured to retrieve the default physical parameter target range code UQ1T, the preset physical parameter specified range code type identifier HS81 and the preset measurement value specified range code EL1T, and to retrieve the memory address AS8T in advance based on the retrieved physical parameter specified range code type identifier HS81 and the retrieved measurement value specified range code EL 1T. The operation unit 297 provides a write request message WS8T to the receiving unit 337 based on the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the obtained memory address AS8T. The write request message WS8T includes the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the obtained memory address AS8T.
For example, before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the receiving unit 337 receives the write request information WS8T from the operating unit 297. The processing unit 331 obtains the included physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the included memory address AS8T from the received write request information WS8T, and uses the storage unit 332 to store the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1T at the memory location YS8T based on the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the obtained memory address AS 8T.
Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the operating unit 297 is configured to obtain the physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the preset measurement value application range code EL1U, and to obtain the memory address AS8U in advance based on the obtained physical parameter designation range code type identifier HS81 and the obtained measurement value application range code EL 1U. The processing unit 331 provides a write request message WS8U to the receiving unit 337 based on the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the obtained memory address AS8U. The write request message WS8U includes the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the obtained memory address AS8U.
For example, before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the receiving unit 337 receives the write request information WS8U from the operating unit 29. The processing unit 331 obtains the included physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the included memory address AS8U from the received write request information WS8U, and uses the storage unit 332 to store the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U in the memory location YS8U based on the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the obtained memory address AS 8U.
Please refer to fig. 13 and 14. Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9022 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9023 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 13 and 14, each of the implementation structure 9022 and the implementation structure 9023 includes the control device 212 and the function device 130. The function device 130 includes an operation unit 397, the physical parameter application unit 335, the storage unit 332 and a sensing unit 334 coupled to the processing unit 331. The operation unit 397 comprises the processing unit 331, the receiving unit 337 and the timer 342. The receiving unit 337, the timer 342, the physical parameter applying unit 335, the storing unit 332, and the sensing unit 334 are all controlled by the processing unit 331.
In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a physical parameter target range RD1ET and a physical parameter application range RD1EL different from the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The physical parameter application range RD1EL is represented by a measurement value application range RN 1L. The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN81. On condition that the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 serving to indicate the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the processing unit 331 obtains a measurement value VN81 in response to the sense signal SN81. The measured value VN81 is, for example, a physical parameter measured value. When the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the sensing signal SN81.
On condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL, in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, by checking a mathematical relationship KV81 between the measurement value VN81 and the measurement value application range RN1L, the processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET based on the control signal SC 81. For example, on the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 transmits an operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335 based on the control signal SC 81. The operating signal SG81 serves to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET from the physical parameter application range RD1EL, in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.
In some embodiments, the clock time specified interval HR1ET is related to the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The control signal SC81 functions to indicate the physical parameter target range RD1ET by functioning to indicate the clock time specified interval HR 1ET. For example, the control signal SC81 causes the processing unit 331 to obtain the physical parameter application state code EW1T to function as indicating the physical parameter target range RD1ET by delivering the measurement value specifying range code EL 1T. On condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL, in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 determines a range difference DB81 between the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL based on the control signal SC81 to transmit the operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335.
The physical parameter application state JE1T is predetermined in accordance with the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The operation signal SG81 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter application state JE1T. The clock time specified interval HR1ET is adjacent to the clock time application interval HR1EU. On the condition that the clock time TH1A is within the clock time specified interval HR1ET, the variable physical parameter QU1A is in one of the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application state JE1T. The processing unit 331 starts the timer 342 in response to the control signal SC81 to cause the timer 342 to sense the clock time TH1A within the clock time specified interval HR1ET and to sense the clock time TH1A within the clock time application interval HR1EU.
In some embodiments, the target range RD1ET of the physical parameter is represented by a target range RN1T of measured values. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the physical parameter target range RD1ET by serving to indicate the measurement value target range RN 1T. For example, the processing unit 331 determines a range difference DS81 between the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L based on the control signal SC81 to determine the range difference DB81. For example, the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DB81 by executing the physical parameter relationship check control GX 8T. The physical parameter relationship check control GX8T includes a checking operation BV81 for checking the mathematical relationship KV81 between the measurement value VN81 and the measurement value application range RN 1L.
For example, the sensing unit 334 coupled to the operation unit 397 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the sensing signal SN81. On condition that the operation unit 397 receives the control signal SC81, the operation unit 397 obtains the measurement value VN81 in response to the sense signal SN81. On condition that the operating unit 397 determines, by checking the mathematical relationship KV81, the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the operating unit 397 causes, on the basis of the control signal SC81, the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.
In some embodiments, the target range RD1EU of the physical parameter is represented by a target range RN1U of measured values. The control signal SC81 is used to make the function device 130 execute the physical parameter relation check control GX8U. On condition that the trigger event JQ81 occurs or the processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value NY81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN85. The processing unit 331 obtains a measurement value VN85 in response to the sensing signal SN85. On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines or obtains the physical parameter target range code UQ1U based on the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 performs a checking operation BV86 for checking a mathematical relationship KV86 between the measurement value VN85 and a measurement value indicating range RN1G based on the determined physical parameter target range code UQ 1U. For example, the measurement value indication range RN1G is equal to one of the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value target range RN 1U.
On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines a range difference DB86 between the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter target range RD1EU based on the checking operation BV86, the processing unit 331 performs the signal generation control GY85 to generate the operation signal SG85 based on the determined physical parameter target range code UQ 1U. The operation signal SG85 is used to control the physical parameter applying unit 335 to make the variable physical parameter QU1A enter the physical parameter target state JE1U from the physical parameter application state JE1T within the clock time application interval HR1 EU.
For example, the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DB86 by executing the physical parameter relationship check control GX 8U. The physical parameter relationship checking control GX8U includes the checking operation BV86 for checking the mathematical relationship KV86 between the measurement value VN85 and the measurement value indication range RN 1G. The processing unit 331 checks a physical parameter relationship KD8U between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target range RD1EU by checking the mathematical relationship KV 86.
Please refer to fig. 15 and fig. 16. Fig. 15 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9024 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9025 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Please refer to fig. 13 additionally. As shown in fig. 15 and 16, each of the implementation 9024 and the implementation 9025 includes the control device 212 and the function device 130. In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 is configured to conform to a sensor specification FU11 associated with the measurement value application range RN 1L. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes a sensor measurement range representation GW8R for representing a sensor measurement range RB8E, and a sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YW 81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is related to a sensing signal generation HF81 performed by the sensing unit 334. The measured value VN81 is obtained by the processing unit 331 in a specified measured value format HH 81.
The measured value target range RN1T and the measured value application range RN1L are both preset in the specified measured value format HH81 based on one of the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and the sensor profile FU 11. For example, the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L are both preset with the specified measurement value format HH81 based on the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and the sensor sensitivity representation GW 81. The measured value target range RN1T and the measured value application range RN1L respectively have a target range limit value pair DN1T and an application range limit value pair DN1L. The control signal SC81 delivers the target range limit value pair DN1T, the application range limit value pair DN1L and a handle CC1T. For example, the handle CC1T is preset based on a specified physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1 ET. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate at least one of the measured value target range RN1T and the physical parameter target range RD1ET by delivering the target range limit value pair DN 1T.
In some embodiments, the function device 130 further includes a transmission unit 384 coupled to the processing unit 331. The transmission unit 384 is controlled by the processing unit 331. The processing unit 331 obtains the pair of application-range-limit values DN1L from the control signal SC81 and checks the mathematical relationship KV81 by comparing the measured value VN81 with the obtained pair of application-range-limit values DN1L to make a logical decision PB81 whether the measured value VN81 is within the measured value application range RN 1L. On condition that the logical decision PB81 is positive, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.
The processing unit 331 obtains the target range limit value pair DN1T from the control signal SC 81. On condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 checks a range relationship KE8A between the measured value target range RN1T and the measured value application range RN1L by comparing the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L to make a logical decision PY81 whether the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L are equal.
On a condition that the logical decision PY81 is negative, the processing unit 331 recognizes the range relationship KE8A as a range difference relationship to determine the range difference DS81. The processing unit 331 obtains the handle CC1T from the control signal SC 81. On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81, the processing unit 331 performs a signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained handle CC1T to generate an operation signal SG81 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1 ET. For example, the operation signal SG81 is one of a function signal and a control signal.
In some embodiments, after the processing unit 331 performs the signal generation control GY81 within an operation time TF81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN82. The processing unit 331 obtains a measurement value VN82 in the specified measurement value format HH81 in response to the sensing signal SN82 within a specified time TG82 after the operation time TF 81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET, within the specified time TG82, at which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located by comparing the measured value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T, the processing unit 331 causes the transmitting unit 384 to transmit a control response signal SE81 in response to the control signal SC81 to the control device 212 based on the measured value VN82, and performs a data storage control operation GU81.
The control response signal SE81 delivers the measured value VN82. The data storage control operation GU81 is operable to cause a physical parameter target range code UN8T representing the determined physical parameter target range RD1ET to be recorded. For example, the data storage control operation GU81 is an assurance operation. The processing unit 331 assigns the physical parameter target range code UN8T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A in the memory space SU11 by executing the data storage control operation GU81.
The timer 342 is used in a timing mode of operation WU21 to measure the clock time TH1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to a variable time length LF8A. For example, the timer 342 is used to measure the variable time length LF8A in a timing operation mode WU11 different from the timing operation mode WU 21. The variable time length LF8A is characterized based on a reference time length LJ 8V. The reference time length LJ8V is represented by a measurement time length value CL 8V. For example, the measurement time length value CL8V is defaulted based on the timer specification FT 21.
In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter target state JE1V and a physical parameter target state JE1W that is different from the physical parameter target state JE 1V. The physical parameter target state JE1V is the same as or different from the physical parameter target state JE1U. The physical parameter target state JE1V is represented by a physical parameter target state code EW1V. On condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the physical parameter target state JE1U within the clock time application interval HR1EU, the receiving unit 337 receives a control signal SC88 from the control device 212. The control signal SC88 delivers the measurement time length value CL8V and the physical parameter object state code EW1V. The plurality of different physical parameter reference states JE11, JE12, \8230, including the physical parameter target state JE1V and the physical parameter target state JE1W.
The processing unit 331 obtains the measured time length value CL8V and the physical parameter object state code EW1V from the control signal SC88, stops the timer 342 in response to the control signal SC88, restarts the timer 342 based on the obtained measured time length value CL8V, and causes the timer 342 to operate in the timed operation mode WU11 by restarting the timer 342. The timer 342 is restarted to start an application time length LT8V matching the reference time length LJ8V and to elapse the application time length LT8V to reach a specific time TJ8T in the timed operation mode WU11 by performing a counting operation BC8V for the application time length LT 8V.
The processing unit 331 brings the variable physical parameter QU1A into the physical parameter target state JE1V within the application time length LT8V based on the obtained physical parameter target state code EW 1V. On condition that the processing unit 331 reaches the specific time TJ8T, the processing unit 331 performs a signal generating operation BY89 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target state JE1V to enter the physical parameter target state JE1W within the specific time TJ8T.
For example, the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \8230comprisesa physical parameter target range RD1EV and a physical parameter target range RD1EW different from the physical parameter target range RD1 EV. The physical parameter target state JE1V and the physical parameter target state JE1W are predetermined in accordance with the physical parameter target range RD1EV and the physical parameter target range RD1EW, respectively. For example, the processing unit 331 generates an operation signal SG89 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target state JE1V to enter the physical parameter target state JE1W BY performing the signal generating operation BY89, and transmits the operation signal SG89 to the physical parameter applying unit 335.
In some embodiments, the receiving unit 337 receives a control signal SC8H from the control device 212 on condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the physical parameter target state JE1U within the clock time application interval HR1EU by checking the mathematical relationship KQ 81. When the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC8H, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN8H. When the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC8A, the timer 342 senses the clock time TH1A to generate a sensing signal SY8H.
The processing unit 331 obtains a measurement value VN8H in the specified measurement value format HH81 in response to the sensing signal SN8H and obtains a measurement value NY8H in the specified measurement value format HH95 in response to the sensing signal SY 8H. The processing unit 331 uses the measured value VN8H and the measured value NY8H in response to the control signal SC8H to cause the transmitting unit 384 to transmit a control response signal SE8H to the control device 212 in response to the control signal SC 8H. The control response signal SE8H delivers the measured value VN8H and the measured value NY8H and is used by the control means 212 to carry out a specific actual operation in relation to at least one of the variable physical parameter QU1A and the clock time TH 1A. For example, the control means 212 receive the control-response signal SE8H, obtain the measured value VN8A and the measured value NY8H from the received control-response signal SE8H, display a measurement information LZ8H relating to the variable physical parameter QU1A based on the obtained measured value VN8H, and display a measurement information LX8H relating to the clock time TH1A based on the obtained measured value NY8H.
Please refer to fig. 17, 18, 19, 20 and 21. Fig. 17 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9026 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9027 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 19 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9028 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 20 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9029 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 21 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9030 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 17, 18, 19, 20, and 21, each of the implementation structure 9026, the implementation structure 9027, the implementation structure 9028, the implementation structure 9029, and the implementation structure 9030 includes the control device 212 and the function device 130.
Please refer to fig. 13 additionally. In some embodiments, the functional device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the physical parameter application unit 335, the storage unit 332, and the sensing unit 334 coupled to the processing unit 331. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the timer 342, the receiving unit 337, an input unit 380 coupled to the processing unit 331, a display unit 382 coupled to the processing unit 331, and a transmission unit 384 coupled to the processing unit 331. The physical parameter application unit 335, the storage unit 332, the sensing unit 334, the timer 342, the receiving unit 337, the input unit 380, the display unit 382, and the transmission unit 384 are all controlled by the processing unit 331. For example, the physical parameter application unit 335 is disposed inside the function device 130 or disposed outside the function device 130.
The processing unit 331 is configured to execute a measurement application function FA81 associated with the physical parameter application range RD1EL and comprises an output component 338 coupled to the physical parameter application unit 335. The measurement application function FA81 is configured to comply with a measurement application function specification GAL8 associated with the physical parameter application range RD1 EL. The sense unit 334 is configured to conform to a sensor specification FU11 associated with the measurement value application range RN 1L. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes a sensor measurement range representation GW8R for representing a sensor measurement range RB8E, and a sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YW 81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is related to a sensing signal generation HF81 performed by the sensing unit 334.
On the condition that the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from a control device 212, the processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value VN81 in a specified measurement value format HH81 in response to the sensing signal SN81. For example, the specified measurement value format HH81 is characterized based on a specified number of bits UY 81. For example, when the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to perform the sensing signal generation HF81 dependent on the sensor sensitivity YW81, the sensing signal generation HF81 being used to generate the sensing signal SN81. On condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81 based on the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 uses the output component 338 to output the operation signal SG81 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1 ET.
The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized on the basis of a nominal physical parameter range RD 1E. For example, nominal physical parameter range RD1E is represented by a nominal measurement value range RD1N and includes a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, \8230, each representing a different physical parameter reference range RD1E1, RD1E2, \8230. The physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are both included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \ 8230. The measurement application functional specification GAL8 comprises the sensor specification FU11, a nominal physical parameter range representation GA8E for representing the nominal physical parameter range RD1E, and a physical parameter application range representation GA8L for representing the physical parameter application range RD1 EL.
The nominal measurement value range RD1N is predetermined with the specified measurement value format HH81 based on the nominal physical parameter range representation GA8E, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and a data encoding operation ZX81 for transforming the nominal physical parameter range representation GA8E, has a nominal range limit value pair DD1A and comprises a plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, 8230, the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, 8230, respectively. For example, the nominal range limit value pair DD1A is preset with the specified measurement value format HH 81. The plurality of different measurement reference ranges RN11, RN12, \8230comprisingthe measurement target range RN1T and the measurement application range RN1L. The nominal measurement value range RD1N and the nominal range limit value pair DD1A are both preset in the specified measurement value format HH81 based on one of the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and the sensor specification FU 11.
In some embodiments, the measured value target range RN1T is represented by a measured value target range code EM1T included in the plurality of different measured value reference range codes EM11, EM12, \8230; whereby the measurement value target range code EM1T is configured to indicate the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the plurality of different measurement reference range codes EM11, EM12, \8230bothare defaulted based on the measurement application functional specification GAL 8. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate at least one of the measured value target range RN1T and the physical parameter target range RD1ET by delivering the measured value target range code EM 1T. For example, the measurement value target range code EM1T is equal to the physical parameter application state code EW1T.
The measurement value application range RN1L is represented by a measurement value application range code EM1L contained in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, \8230, and has an application range limit value pair DN1L; whereby the measurement value application range code EM1L is configured to indicate the physical parameter application range RD1EL. For example, the application range limit value pair DN1L is preset with the specified measurement value format HH81 based on the physical parameter application range representation GA8L, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R, and a data encoding operation ZX82 for converting the physical parameter application range representation GA 8L. The measured value application range RN1L is preset with the specified measured value format HH81 based on the physical parameter application range representation GA8L, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R, and the data encoding operation ZX 82.
In some embodiments, the storage unit 332 stores the default nominal range limit value pair DD1A and a variable physical parameter range code UN8A. The control signal SC81 further supplies the nominal range limit value pair DD1A. When the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A is equal to a specific measurement value range code EM14 selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, \8230.
For example, the specific measurement value range code EM14 indicates a specific physical parameter range RD1E4 previously determined by the processing unit 331 based on a sensing operation ZS 81. The specific physical parameter range RD1E4 is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \ 8230. The sensing operation ZS81 performed by the sensing unit 334 is for sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A. The specific measurement value range code EM14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC 81.
For example, the processing unit 331 obtains the specific measurement value range code EM14 before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC 81. On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the specific physical parameter range RD1E4 based on the sensing operation ZS81 before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 assigns the obtained specific measurement value range code EM14 to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A by using the storage unit 332. The specific measurement value range code EM14 represents a specific measurement value range configured to represent the specific physical parameter range RD1E4. The specific measurement value range is preset with the specified measurement value format HH81 based on one of the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and the sensor specification FU 11. For example, the sensing unit 334 performs a sensing signal generation dependent on the sensor sensitivity YW81 by performing the sensing operation ZS81 to generate a sensing signal.
Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal, obtains a specific measurement value in the specified measurement value format HH81 in response to the sensing signal, and performs a specific checking operation for checking a mathematical relationship between the specific measurement value and the specific measurement value range. On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the specific physical parameter range RD1E4, in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is located, based on the specific checking operation, the processing unit 331 specifies the obtained specific measurement-value range code EM14 to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A by using the storage unit 332. The processing unit 331 decides whether the processing unit 331 is to use the storage unit 332 to change the variable physical parameter range code UN8A in response to a specific sensing operation for sensing the variable physical parameter QU 1A. For example, the specific sensing operation is performed by the sensing unit 334.
In some embodiments, under the condition that the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 obtains an operation reference data code XU81 from one of the control signal SC81 and the storage unit 332 in response to the control signal SC81, and performs a data determination AA8A using a data of the operation reference data code XU81 by executing a data determination procedure NA8A to determine the measurement value application range code EM1L selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges codes EM11, EM12, \8230inorder to select the measurement value application range RN1L from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, \8230.
The operation reference data unit XU81 is identical to an allowable reference data unit default based on the measurement application function specification GAL 8. The data determination program NA8A is constructed based on the measurement application functional specification GAL 8. The data determination AA8A is one of a data determination operation AA81 and a data determination operation AA 82. On the condition that the operation reference data code XU81 is obtained to be identical to the specific measured-value range code EM14 by accessing the variable physical parameter range code UN8A stored in the storage unit 332, it is the data determination AA8A of the data determination operation AA81 that determines the measured-value application range code EM1L based on the obtained specific measured-value range code EM14. For example, the determined measurement value application range code EM1L is the same as or different from the particular measurement value range code EM14 obtained.
Under the condition that the operation reference data code XU81 is obtained from one of the control signal SC81 and the memory unit 332 to be identical to the preset nominal range limit value pair DD1A, the data determination AA8A, which is the data determination operation AA82, selects the measurement value application range code EM1L from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, 8230by performing a scientific calculation MR81 using the measurement value VN81 and the obtained nominal range limit value pair DD1A to determine the measurement value application range code EM1L. For example, the scientific calculation MR81 is performed based on a specific empirical formula XR 81. The specific empirical formula XR81 is predefined based on the predefined nominal range limit value pairs DD1A and the plurality of different measured value reference range codes EM11, EM12, \8230. For example, the specific empirical formula XR81 is pre-formulated based on the measurement application functional specification GAL 8.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 obtains the application range boundary value pair DN1L based on the determined measurement value application range code EM1L and checks the mathematical relationship KV81 based on a data comparison CD81 between the measurement value VN81 and the obtained application range boundary value pair DN1L to make a logical decision PB81 whether the measurement value VN81 is within the selected measurement value application range RN 1L. On condition that the logical decision PB81 is positive, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.
The processing unit 331 obtains the measured value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC 81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 checks a range relationship KE8A between the measured value target range RN1T and the measured value application range RN1L by comparing the obtained measured value target range code EM1T and the determined measured value application range code EM1L to make a logical decision PZ81 whether the obtained measured value target range code EM1T and the determined measured value application range code EM1L are equal. On a condition that the logical decision PZ81 is negative, the processing unit 331 recognizes the range relationship KE8A as a range-distinct relationship to determine the range difference DS81.
For example, on condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 checks a range relation KE9A between the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL by comparing the obtained measured value target range code EM1T and the determined measured value application range code EM1L to make a logical decision PZ91 whether the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are equal. On the condition that the logical decision PZ91 is negative, the processing unit 331 recognizes the range relation KE9A as a range-distinct relation to determine the range difference DB81. On a condition that the logical decision PZ81 is negative, the logical decision PZ91 is negative.
In some embodiments, the application range limit value pair DN1L includes an application range limit value DN15 of the measurement application range RN1L and an application range limit value DN16 relative to the application range limit value DN 15. The function device 130 further includes a physical parameter application unit 335 coupled to the output component 338. The physical parameter application unit 335 has the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the sensing unit 334 is coupled to the physical parameter application unit 335. The processing unit 331 causes the physical parameter application unit 335 to perform a specific function operation ZH81 associated with the variable physical parameter QU1A by using the output component 338. For example, the special function operation ZH81 is used to cause a trigger event EQ81 to occur and is a spatial motion operation. The control device 212 outputs the control signal SC81 in response to the trigger event EQ 81.
For example, on the condition that the application-range limit value DN15 is different from the application-range limit value DN16 and the measured value VN81 is between the application-range limit value DN15 and the application-range limit value DN16, the processing unit 331 makes the logical decision PB81 to be affirmative by comparing the measured value VN81 with the obtained application-range limit value pair DN 1L. On condition that the application-range limit value DN15, the application-range limit value DN16 and the measured value VN81 are equal, the processing unit 331 makes the logical decision PB81 to be positive by comparing the measured value VN81 and the obtained application-range limit value pair DN 1L.
The measurement application function specification GAL8 further comprises a physical parameter representation GA8T1. The physical parameter representation GA8T1 is used to represent a specified physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1 ET. The storage unit 332 has a memory location YM8L and a memory location YX8T different from the memory location YM8L, stores the application range limit value pair DN1L in the memory location YM8L, and stores a handle CC1T in the memory location YX 8T.
For example, the memory location YM8L is identified based on the measurement application range code EM1L being preset. The memory location YX8T is identified based on the preset measured value target range code EM 1T. The handle CC1T is preset based on the physical parameter representation GA8T1 and a data encoding operation ZX91 for transforming the physical parameter representation GA8T 1. For example, the application range limit value pair DN1L and the handle CC1T are stored by the storage unit 332 based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L and the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, respectively.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 performs a data acquisition AD8A using the determined measurement application range code EM1L by running a data acquisition procedure ND8A to obtain the application range limit value pair DN1L. For example, the data acquisition AD8A is one of a data acquisition operation AD81 and a data acquisition operation AD 82. The data acquiring program ND8A is constructed based on the measurement application function specification GAL 8. The data acquisition operation AD81 uses the storage unit 332 to access the application range-boundary value pair DN1L stored in the memory location YM8L to obtain the application range-boundary value pair DN1L based on the determined measurement value application range code EM 1L.
The data acquisition operation AD82 derives the nominal range limit value pair DD1A by means of one of the control signal SC81 and the memory unit 332 and obtains the application range limit value pair DN1L by performing a scientific calculation MZ81 using the determined measurement value application range code EM1L and the derived nominal range limit value pair DD 1A. For example, the nominal range limit value pair DD1A contains a nominal range limit value DD11 of the nominal measured value range RD1N and a nominal range limit value DD12 relative to the nominal range limit value DD11 and is preset with the specified measured value format HH81 on the basis of the nominal physical parameter range representation GA8E, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and the data encoding operation ZX 81.
On condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to access the handle CC1T stored in the memory location YX8T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T, and executes a signal generation control GY81 for the measurement application function FA81 to control the output element 338 based on the accessed handle CC 1T. The output component 338 performs a signal generation operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 in response to the signal generation control GY81 to generate an operation signal SG81, the operation signal SG81 being used to control the physical parameter application unit 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.
For example, the operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the receiving unit 337, the timer 342, and the output component 338 coupled to the processing unit 331. The output component 338 is located outside the processing unit 331 and is controlled by the processing unit 331. The processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 for controlling the output module 338 to provide a control signal SF81 to the output module 338. The output component 338 performs the signal generating operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 in response to the control signal SF81 to generate the operation signal SG81, and transmits the operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335.
In some embodiments, the control device 212 is an external device. The plurality of different measurement reference ranges RN11, RN12, \8230, has a total reference range number NT81. The total reference range number NT81 is defaulted based on the measurement application functional specification GAL 8. The processing unit 331 obtains the total reference range number NT81 in response to the control signal SC 81. The scientific calculation MR81 further uses the obtained total reference range number NT81. The scientific calculation MZ81 further uses the obtained total reference range number NT81. For example, the total reference range number is greater than or equal to 2. For example, the number of total reference ranges NT11 ≧ 3; the total reference range number NT11 is ≧ 4; the total reference range number NT11 is ≧ 5; the total reference range number NT11 is ≧ 6; and the total reference range number NT11 ≦ 255.
The physical parameter applying unit 335 changes the variable physical parameter QU1A from a specific physical parameter QU17 to a specific physical parameter QU18 in response to the operation signal SG 81. For example, the specific physical parameter QU17 is within the physical parameter application range RD1 EL; and the specific physical parameter QU18 is within the physical parameter target range RD1 ET. The measurement application function specification GAL8 further comprises a physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T for representing the physical parameter target range RD1 ET.
The measured value target range RN1T is a first portion of the nominal measured value range RD1N and has a target range limit value pair DN1T. For example, the target range limit value pair DN1T is preset with the specified measurement value format HH81 based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R, and a data encoding operation ZX83 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T. The measured value target range RN1T is preset with the specified measured value format HH81 based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R, and the data encoding operation ZX 83. The measured value range RN1L is a second part of the nominal measured value range RD 1N.
The physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are separate or adjacent. On the condition that the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are separated, the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L are separated. On the condition that the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are adjacent, the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L are adjacent.
For example, the measurement value application range code EM1L is configured to be equal to an integer. The rated range limit value DD12 is greater than the rated range limit value DD11. Between the nominal range limit value DD12 and the nominal range limit value DD11 there is a relative value VA11 relative to the nominal range limit value DD11. The relative value VA11 is equal to a calculation result of subtracting the rated range limit value DD11 from the rated range limit value DD 12. For example, the application range limit value pair DN1L is preset based on a ratio of the rated range limit value DD11, the rated range limit value DD12, the integer, and the relative value VA11 to the total reference range number NT 81. The scientific calculation MZ81 uses one of the nominal range limit DD11, the nominal range limit DD12, the integer, the ratio, and any combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the storage unit 332 further has a memory location YM8T different from the memory location YX8T, and stores the target range limit value pair DN1T in the memory location YM 8T. For example, the memory location YM8T is identified based on the preset measurement value target range code EM 1T. After the processing unit 331 performs the signal generation control GY81 within an operation time TF81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN82. For example, after the processing unit 331 performs the signal generation control GY81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to perform a sensing signal generation HF82 depending on the sensor sensitivity YW81, the sensing signal generation HF82 being used to generate the sensing signal SN82.
The processing unit 331 obtains a measurement value VN82 in the specified measurement value format HH81 in response to the sensing signal SN82 within a specified time TG82 after the operation time TF 81. The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to access the target range limit value pair DN1T stored in the memory location YM8T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and checks a mathematical relationship KV91 between the measurement value VN82 and the measurement value target range RN1T by comparing the measurement value VN82 with the accessed target range limit value pair DN1T to make a logical decision PB91 whether the measurement value VN82 is within the measurement value target range RN 1T.
In the case that the logic decision PB91 is positive, the processing unit 331 determines within the specified time TG82 that the physical parameter target range RD1ET, within which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, generates a positive operation report RL81, and causes the transmission unit 384 to output a control response signal SE81 delivering the positive operation report RL81, whereby the control response signal SE81 is used to cause the control device 212 to obtain the positive operation report RL81. For example, the positive operation report RL81 represents an operating situation EP81 in which the variable physical parameter QU1A successfully enters the physical parameter target range RD1 ET. The processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 by causing the transmission unit 384 to generate the control response signal SE 81. For example, the processing unit 331 causes the control response signal SE81 to further deliver the obtained measured value VN82 based on the obtained measured value VN82.
In some embodiments, on the condition that the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET at which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located by making the logical decision PB91, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A based on a code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM 1T.
When the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the displaying unit 382 displays a status indication LB81. For example, the status indication LB81 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in a particular state XJ81 within the particular physical parameter range RD1E 4. On the condition that the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and that the processing unit 331 determines by making the logical decision PB91 the physical parameter target range RD1ET at which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 further causes the display unit 382 to change the status indication LB81 to a status indication LB82 based on the code difference DF 81. For example, the state indication LB82 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in a particular state XJ82 within the physical parameter target range RD1 ET.
The control signal SC81 is one of an electrical signal SP81 and an optical signal SQ 81. The receive unit 337 includes a receive component 3371 and a receive component 3372. The receiving component 3371 is coupled to the processing unit 331. On the condition that the control signal SC81 is the electrical signal SP81, the receiving element 3371 causes the processing unit 331 to obtain a control information CG81 by receiving the electrical signal SP81 conveying the control information CG81. For example, the control information CG81 includes the measurement value specifying range code EL1T. The processing unit 331 obtains the preset measurement value target range code EM1T based on the measurement value specifying range code EL1T of the control information CG81. For example, the control information CG81 further includes the measurement value target range code EM1T. For example, the receiving component 3371 and the receiving component 3372 are two-input components, respectively.
The receiving component 3372 is coupled to the processing unit 331. On the condition that the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81, the receiving element 3372 receives the optical signal SQ81 conveying an encoded image FY 81. For example, the encoded video FY81 represents the control information CG81. The input unit 380 is coupled to the processing unit 331 and includes a button 3801. On the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is arranged within the physical parameter target range RD1ET based on the control signal SC81, the input unit 380 receives a user input operation BQ81 using the buttons 3801, and causes the processing unit 331 to receive an operation request signal SJ91 in response to the user input operation BQ 81. The processing unit 331 determines a specific input code UW81 in response to the operation request signal SJ91. For example, the input unit 380 provides the operation request signal SJ91 to the processing unit 331 in response to the user input operation BQ81 using the button 3801, and thereby causes the processing unit 331 to receive the operation request signal SJ91. The specific input code UW81 is selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, \ 8230.
In some embodiments, on the condition that the control signal SC81 is the light signal SQ81, the receiving component 3372 senses the encoded image FY81 to determine an encoded data DY81, and decodes the encoded data DY81 to provide the control information CG81 to the processing unit 331. For example, when the input unit 380 receives the user input operation BQ81, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A is equal to the measurement value target range code EM1T that is preset. The processing unit 331 obtains the measured value target range code EM1T from the variable physical parameter range code UN8A in response to the operation request signal SJ 91. On the condition that the specific input code UW81 differs from the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, the processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET using the output component 338 on the basis of a code difference DX81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the specific input code UW81 to enter a specific physical parameter range RD1E5 comprised in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \ 8230.
For example, the button 3801 receives the user input operation BQ81. The specific physical parameter range RD1E5 is represented by a specific physical parameter range code UN 85. On condition that the specific input code UW81 is equal to the specific physical parameter range code UN85, the processing unit 331 causes the output component 338 to transmit an operation signal SG82 to the physical parameter applying unit 335 based on the code difference DX 81. The operating signal SG82 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the specific physical parameter range RD1E5.
On the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 based on the function signal SG82, the input unit 380 receives a user input operation BQ8A using the button 3801, and provides an operation request signal SJ9A to the processing unit 331 in response to the user input operation BQ8A. For example, on the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the specific physical parameter range RD1E5, the button 3801 receives the user input operation BQ8A to cause the input unit 380 to receive the user input operation BQ8A. The processing unit 331 responds to the operation request signal SJ9A to cause the output component 338 to transmit an operation signal SG8A to the physical parameter application unit 335. Operating signal SG8A is used to cause variable physical parameter QU1A to leave specific physical parameter range RD1E5 to enter a specific physical parameter range RD1EA included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \8230. For example, the specific physical parameter range RD1EA is identical to the physical parameter target range RD1ET.
The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A in a constrained condition FR81 to provide the sensing signal SN81 to the processing unit 331. For example, the constraint FR81 is that the variable physical parameter QU1A is equal to a specific physical parameter QU15 comprised in the nominal physical parameter range RD 1E. The processing unit 331 estimates the specific physical parameter QU15 based on the sensing signal SN81 to obtain the measured value VN81. Since the variable physical parameter QU1A in the constraint FR81 is within the physical parameter application range RD1EL, the processing unit 331 identifies the measurement value VN81 as an allowable value within the measurement value application range RN1L, thereby identifying the mathematical relationship KV81 between the measurement value VN81 and the measurement value application range RN1L as a numerical intersection relationship, and thereby determining the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.
In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 is characterized based on the sensor sensitivity YW81 associated with the sensing signal generation HF81 and is configured to conform to the sensor specification FU11. The sensor specification FU11 includes the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing the sensor sensitivity YW81, and the sensor measurement range representation GW8R for representing the sensor measurement range RB 8E. For example, the nominal physical parameter range RD1E is configured to be the same as the sensor measurement range RB8E or is configured to be a portion of the sensor measurement range RB 8E. The sensor measurement range RB8E is associated with a physical parameter sensing performed by the sensing unit 334. The sensor measurement range representation GW8R is provided based on a first default measurement unit. For example, the first default unit of measure is one of a metric unit of measure and an english unit of measure.
The nominal measurement value range RD1N, the nominal range limit value pair DD1A, the measurement value application range RN1L, the application range limit value pair DN1L, the measurement value target range RN1T, the target range limit value pair DN1T, the measurement value target range RN1U, and the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, \823030areeach preset in the specified measurement value format HH81 based on one of the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and the sensor specification FU 11. For example, the nominal measurement value range RD1N and the nominal range limit value pair DD1A are both preset with the specified measurement value format HH81 based on the nominal physical parameter range representation GA8E, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 and the data encoding operation ZX 81. The measurement value application range RN1L and the application range limit value pair DN1L are preset in the specified measurement value format HH81 based on the physical parameter application range representation GA8L, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representation GW81, and the data encoding operation ZX 82.
The measured value target range RN1T and the target range limit value pair DN1T are preset with the specified measured value format HH81 based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representation GW81, and the data encoding operation ZX 83. The nominal physical parameter range representation GA8E, the physical parameter application range representation GA8L, the physical parameter representation GA8T1 and the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T are all provided based on a second default measurement unit. For example, the second default unit of measure is one of a metric unit of measure and an english unit of measure, and is the same as or different from the first default unit of measure.
The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on the sensor measurement range RB 8E. For example, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R, the nominal physical parameter range representation GA8E, the physical parameter application range representation GA8L, the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T, and the physical parameter representation GA8T1 are all of a decimal data type. The measured value VN81, the measured value VN82, the nominal range limit value pair DD1A, the application range limit value pair DN1L, the target range limit value pair DN1T and the handle CC1T all belong to the binary data type and are all suitable for computer processing. Both the sensor specification FU11 and the measurement application functional specification GAL8 are defaulted.
In some embodiments, before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the receiving unit 337 receives a write request message WN8L including the default application range limit value pair DN1L and a memory address AM 8L. For example, the memory location YM8L is identified based on the memory address AM 8L; and the memory address AM8L is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code EM 1L. The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to store the application range limit value pair DN1L of the write request information WN8L to the memory location YM8L in response to the write request information WN8L.
Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the receiving unit 337 receives a write request message WC8T including the default handle CC1T and a memory address AX 8T. For example, the memory location YX8T is identified based on the memory address AX 8T; and the memory address AX8T is preset based on the preset measured value target range code EM 1T. The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 in response to the write request information WC8T to store the handle CC1T of the write request information WC8T to the memory location YX8T.
In some embodiments, the function device 130 is used for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A by generating an operation signal SG 81. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized on the basis of the physical parameter target range RD1ET represented by the measured value target range RN1T and the physical parameter application range RD1EL represented by the measured value application range RN 1L. The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN81. On condition that the receiving unit 337 receives a control signal SC81 which serves to indicate the measurement target range RN1T, the processing unit 331 obtains a measurement VN81 in response to the sensing signal SN81.
On condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL, in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, by checking a mathematical relationship KV81 between the measured value VN81 and the measured value application range RN1L, the processing unit 331 determines, on the basis of the control signal SC81, a range relationship KE8A between the measured value target range RN1T and the measured value application range RN1L to make a reasonable decision PW81 whether the operating signal SG81 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET is to be generated by the output component 338.
For example, on condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL, in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, by checking the mathematical relationship KV81, the processing unit 331 determines a range relationship KE9A between the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL based on the control signal SC81 to make the fair decision PW81.
In some embodiments, on condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 checks the range relationship KE8A by comparing the obtained target range-bound value pair DN1T and the obtained application range-bound value pair DN1L to make a logical decision PY81 whether the obtained target range-bound value pair DN1T and the obtained application range-bound value pair DN1L are equal.
On a condition that the logical decision PY81 is negative, the processing unit 331 recognizes the range relation KE8A as a range-distinct relation to make the fair decision PW81 to be positive. In the case where the rational decision PW81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 performs a signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained handle CC1T to cause the output component 338 to generate an operation signal SG81 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1 ET.
In some embodiments, on condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 checks the range relationship KE8A by comparing the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the determined measurement value application range code EM1L to make a logical decision PZ81 whether the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the determined measurement value application range code EM1L are equal. On condition that the logical decision PZ81 is negative, the processing unit 331 recognizes the range relationship KE8A as a range-distinct relationship to make the fair decision PW81 to be positive.
For example, on condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL, in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 checks the range relation KE9A between the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL by comparing the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the determined measurement value application range code EM1L to make the logical decision PZ91 whether the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are equal. On condition that the logical decision PZ91 is negative, the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DB81 by recognizing the range relation KE9A as a range-distinct relation to make the reasonable decision PW81 to be positive. On a condition that the logical decision PZ81 is negative, the logical decision PZ91 is negative.
On condition that the plausible decision PW81 is positive, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to access the handle CC1T stored in the memory location YX8T, based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM 1T. The processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY81 for the measurement application function FA81 based on the accessed handle CC1T. The output component 338 performs a signal generation operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 to generate an operation signal SG81 in response to the signal generation control GY81. The operation signal SG81 is used to control the physical parameter application unit 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.
In some embodiments, the plurality of different physical parameter reference states JE11, JE12, \8230, includes the particular physical parameter state JE16. The specified physical parameter state JE16 is represented by a specified physical parameter state code EW16. The plurality of different physical parameter reference state codes EW11, EW12, \ 8230, including the particular physical parameter state code EW16. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target state JE1U by checking the first mathematical relationship KQ81, the input unit 380 receives the user input operation BQ82 using the button 3801, and causes the processing unit 331 to receive an operation request signal SJ92 in response to the user input operation BQ 82. For example, the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \8230comprisesa specific physical parameter range RD1E6 different from the physical parameter target range RD1 EU. The specific physical parameter state JE16 is predetermined in accordance with the specific physical parameter range RD1E6.
For example, the input unit 380 provides the operation request signal SJ92 to the processing unit 331 in response to the user input operation BQ82 using the button 3801, and thereby causes the processing unit 331 to receive the operation request signal SJ92. The processing unit 331 determines a specific input code UW82 in response to the operation request signal SJ92. For example, the specific input code UW82 is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference state codes EW11, EW12, \8230. For example, the specific input code UW82 is selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, \8230. When the input unit 380 receives the user input operation BQ82, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A is equal to the preset physical parameter object state code EW1U. The processing unit 331 obtains the physical parameter object-state code EW1U from the variable physical parameter range code UN8A in response to the operation request signal SJ92.
In some embodiments, the specific physical parameter range RD1E6 is represented by a specific physical parameter range code UN 86. On the condition that the specific input code UW82 is equal to the specific physical parameter range code UN86 and is different from the preset physical parameter target status code EW1U, the processing unit 331 uses the output component 338 to cause the output component 338 to generate the operation signal SG87 based on a code difference DX82 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measured value target range code EM1U and the specific input code UW 82. The operation signal SG87 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target state JE1U to enter the specific physical parameter state JE16. The output component 338 transmits the operation signal SG87 to the physical parameter applying unit 335. The physical parameter applying unit 335 responds to the operation signal SG87 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target state JE1U to enter the specific physical parameter state JE16.
For example, on the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be in the specific physical parameter range RD1E6 (or the specific physical parameter state JE 16) based on the function signal SG87, the input unit 380 receives a user input operation BQ8B using the button 3801, and provides an operation request signal SJ9B to the processing unit 331 in response to the user input operation BQ8B. For example, on the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the specific physical parameter range RD1E6, the button 3801 receives the user input operation BQ8B to cause the input unit 380 to receive the user input operation BQ8B.
The processing unit 331 responds to the operation request signal SJ9B to cause the output component 338 to transmit an operation signal SG8B to the physical parameter application unit 335. The operation signal SG8B is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the specific physical parameter range RD1E6 (or the specific physical parameter state JE 16) to enter a specific physical parameter range RD1EB (or a specific physical parameter state JE 1B) included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \ 8230;. For example, the specific physical parameter range RD1EB is the same as the physical parameter target range RD1EU. The specific physical parameter state JE1B is predetermined in accordance with the specific physical parameter range RD1 EB.
Please refer to fig. 22 and 23. Fig. 22 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9031 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 23 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9032 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 22 and 23, each of the implementation structure 9031 and the implementation structure 9032 includes the control device 212 and the function device 130. The function device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the physical parameter application unit 335, and the storage unit 332. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the receiving unit 337, the input unit 380, and the transmission unit 384. The receiving unit 337 includes the receiving component 3371 and the receiving component 3372. The transmission unit 384 includes a transmission element 3842 and a transmission element 3843. The sensing unit 334, the physical parameter application unit 335, the storage unit 332, the receiving component 3371, the receiving component 3372, the input unit 380, the transmitting component 3842 and the transmitting component 3843 are all coupled to the processing unit 331 and are all controlled by the processing unit 331. The processing unit 331 includes the output component 338.
In some embodiments, the output component 338 is coupled to the physical parameter application unit 335. The processing unit 331 performs the signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained handle CC1T within the operation time TF 81. The output component 338 performs the signal generation operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 in response to the signal generation control GY81 to generate the operation signal SG81 within the operation time TF 81. For example, the operation signal SG81 is a control signal. The output component 338 transmits the operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335. The physical parameter applying unit 335 responds to the operation signal SG81 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the operation signal SG81 is one of a pulse width modulation signal, a level signal, a driving signal and a command signal.
On condition that the processing unit 331 checks the mathematical relationship KV91 to determine the physical parameter target range RD1ET, at which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 determines the positive operation report RL81 and causes the transmission unit 384 to generate the control response signal SE81 conveying the positive operation report RL81 and the measured value VN 82. The control response signal SE81 is one of an electrical signal LP81 and an optical signal LQ 81. The transmission component 3842 is a transmitter. The transmission element 3843 is a light emitting element. For example, the transmission component 3842 and the transmission component 3843 are two output components, respectively.
For example, the processing unit 331 determines a physical parameter condition of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently within the physical parameter target range RD1ET by checking the mathematical relationship KV91, and thereby identifies a physical parameter relationship KD8T between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target range RD1ET as a physical parameter intersection relationship of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently within the physical parameter target range RD1 ET. For example, the processing unit 331 checks one of the physical parameter relationship KD8T and the physical parameter relationship KD9T by checking the mathematical relationship KV 91.
In some embodiments, on the condition that the transmitting component 3842 is configured to generate the control response signal SE81, the processing unit 331 causes the transmitting component 3842 to transmit the electrical signal LP81 conveying the positive operation report RL81 to the control device 212 based on the determined positive operation report RL 81. On the condition that the transmitting component 3843 is configured to generate the control response signal SE81, the processing unit 331 causes the transmitting component 3843 to generate the optical signal LQ81 conveying the affirmative operation report RL81 based on the affirmative operation report RL81 determined, whereby the control device 212 receives the generated optical signal LQ81 from the transmitting component 3843. For example, the light emitting element is a display element. The light signal LQ81 delivers an encoded image FZ81 representing the positive operation report RL 81. For example, the encoded image FZ81 is a barcode image. For example, the electric signal LP81 is a radio signal. The optical signal LQ81 is an infrared signal.
For example, the control device 212 is identified by a control device identifier HA0T. The control signal SC81 further conveys the control device identifier HA0T. The processing unit 331 is responsive to the control signal SC81 to obtain the control device identifier HA0T from the control signal SC81 and to cause the transmitting component 3842 to transmit the electric signal LP81 conveying the positive operation report RL81 to the control device 212 based on the obtained control device identifier HA0T and the determined positive operation report RL 81.
In some embodiments, the operation unit 297 of the control apparatus 212 is configured to communicate with the operation unit 397 by wire or wirelessly; thus, the operation unit 297 is configured to transmit the control signal SC81 to the operation unit 397 by wire or wirelessly. For example, the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from the control device 212 by wire or wirelessly. The control signal SC81 is one of the electrical signal SP81 and the optical signal SQ81. The receiving component 3371 is a receiver and receives the electrical signal SP81 from the control device 212 on condition that the control signal SC81 is the electrical signal SP81. The receiving component 3372 is a reader and receives the optical signal SQ81 conveying the encoded image FY81 from the control device 212 on the condition that the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81. For example, the encoded image FY81 is a barcode image. For example, the electric signal SP81 is a radio signal. The optical signal SQ81 is an infrared signal.
The physical parameter application unit 335 has the variable physical parameter QU1A. The receive unit 337 further comprises a receive element 3374. The receiving component 3374 is coupled to the processing unit 331, is controlled by the processing unit 331 and receives a physical parameter signal SB81 from the control device 212 on condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is to be provided by means of the control device 212. The physical parameter applying unit 335 receives the physical parameter signal SB81 from the receiving component 3374. The processing unit 331 causes, by using the output component 338, the physical parameter application unit 335 to use the physical parameter signal SB81 to form the variable physical parameter QU1A dependent on the physical parameter signal SB81. For example, the receiving component 3374 is a receiving component. The control means 212 transmits the physical parameter signal SB81 to the receiving component 3374 by wire or wirelessly. For example, the receive component 3371, the receive component 3372, and the receive component 3374 are three input components, respectively.
The physical parameter target range RD1ET has a default physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1 and a default physical parameter target range limit ZD1T2 relative to the default physical parameter target range limit ZD1T 1. The target range limit value pair DN1T comprises a target range limit value DN17 of the measured value target range RN1T and a target range limit value DN18 relative to the target range limit value DN 17. The default physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1 is represented by the target range limit value DN 17. The default physical parameter target range limit ZD1T2 is represented by the target range limit value DN18.
The physical parameter application range RD1EL has a preset physical parameter application range limit ZD1L1 and a preset physical parameter application range limit ZD1L2 relative to the preset physical parameter application range limit ZD1L 1. The preset physical parameter application range limit ZD1L1 is represented by the application range limit value DN 15. The preset physical parameter application range limit ZD1L2 is represented by the application range limit value DN 16.
In some embodiments, the triggering event EQ81 is a state change event. The control device 212 includes an operation unit 297 and a state change detector 475 coupled to the operation unit 297. For example, the state change detector 475 is one of a limit detector and an edge detector. The limit detector is a limit switch 485. The status change detector 475 is configured to detect that a characteristic physical parameter associated with a default characteristic physical parameter UL81 reaches ZL82. For example, the default characteristic physical parameter UL81 is a default limit position. The characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82 is an extreme position reaching.
The physical parameter application unit 335 includes a physical parameter application area AJ11. The physical parameter application area AJ11 has a variable physical parameter QG1A. The variable physical parameter QG1A is dependent on the variable physical parameter QU1A and is characterized based on the default characteristic physical parameter UL 81. For example, the physical parameter application area AJ11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area, and an environmental area. The default characteristic physical parameter UL81 is related to the variable physical parameter QU1A.
Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the receiving unit 337 receives a control signal SC80 from the operating unit 297. The processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY80 for controlling the output assembly 338 in response to the received control signal SC80. The output component 338 generates the control GY80 in response to the signal to generate an operating signal SG80 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU 1A. The physical parameter applying unit 335 receives the operation signal SG80 from the output component 338 and performs the specific function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A in response to the received operation signal SG80. The special function operation ZH81 is used to control the variable physical parameter QG1A and cause the trigger event EQ81 to occur by changing the variable physical parameter QG 1A. The variable physical parameter QG1A is configured to be in a variable physical state XA8A. For example, the operation unit 397 is controlled by the control device 212 to cause the physical parameter application unit 335 to perform the specific function operation ZH81. The state change detector 475 generates a trigger signal SX8A in response to the specific function operation ZH81.
On condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the specific physical parameter range RD1E4, the specific function operation ZH81 causes the variable physical parameter QG1A to reach the default characteristic physical parameter UL81 to form the characteristic physical parameter reach ZL82, and changes the variable physical state XA8A from a non-characteristic physical parameter reach state XA81 to an actual characteristic physical parameter reach state XA82 by forming the characteristic physical parameter reach ZL 82. The state change detector 475 generates the trigger signal SX8A in response to the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL 82. For example, the actual characteristic physical parameter arrival status XA82 is characterized based on the default characteristic physical parameter UL 81. The state change detector 475 generates the trigger signal SX8A in response to a state change event in which the variable physical parameter QG1A is changed from the non-characteristic physical parameter arrival state XA81 to the actual characteristic physical parameter arrival state XA82.
For example, the state change detector 475 is a trigger application. The trigger event EQ81 is the state change event of the variable physical parameter QG1A entering the actual characteristic physical parameter to state XA82. The operation unit 297 receives the trigger signal SX8A and generates the control signal SC81 in response to the received trigger signal SX8A. For example, in the case where the state change detector 475 is the limit switch 485, the characteristic physical parameter arrival ZL82 is an arrival of the variable physical parameter QG1A at an extreme position of the default characteristic physical parameter UL81 at a variable spatial position. The trigger signal SX8A is an operation request signal.
For example, the operating unit 297 obtains a control application code UA8T containing at least one of the target range limit value pair DN1T and the measured value target range code EM1T in response to the received trigger signal SX8A and generates the control signal SC81 conveying at least one of the target range limit value pair DN1T and the measured value target range code EM1T based on the control application code UA 8T. For example, the physical parameter application unit 335 forms the variable physical parameter QG1A in the physical parameter application area AJ11 by performing the specific function operation ZH81 caused based on the variable physical parameter QU 1A. Under the condition that the physical parameter application area AJ11 is coupled to the state change detector 475, the state change detector 475 detects that the characteristic physical parameter reaches ZL82.
In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is one of a first variable electrical parameter, a first variable mechanical parameter, a first variable optical parameter, a first variable temperature, a first variable voltage, a first variable current, a first variable electrical power, a first variable resistance, a first variable capacitance, a first variable inductance, a first variable frequency, a first clock time, a first variable time length, a first variable brightness, a first variable light intensity, a first variable volume, a first variable data flow, a first variable amplitude, a first variable spatial position, a first variable displacement, a first variable sequence position, a first variable angle, a first variable spatial length, a first variable distance, a first variable translation velocity, a first variable angular velocity, a first variable acceleration, a first variable force, a first variable pressure, and a variable mechanical power.
The operating unit 397 is configured to execute the measurement application function FA81 associated with the variable physical parameter QU1A in dependence on the control signal SC 81. The function device 130 is one of a plurality of application devices. The measurement application function FA81 is one of a plurality of specific control functions including a light control function, a force control function, an electrical control function, a magnetic control function, and any combination thereof. The plurality of application devices include a control target device, a relay, a control switch device, a motor, a lighting device, a door, a vending machine, an energy converter, a load device, a timing device, a toy, an electrical appliance, a printing device, a display device, a mobile device, a speaker, and any combination thereof.
The physical parameter application unit 335 is one of a plurality of application targets and is configured to perform a particular application function. The specific application function is one of a plurality of physical parameter application functions including an optical use function, a force use function, an electrical use function, a magnetic use function, and any combination thereof. The plurality of application targets include an electronic component, an actuator, a resistor, a capacitor, an inductor, a relay, a control switch, a transistor, a motor, a lighting unit, an energy conversion unit, a load unit, a timing unit, a printing unit, a display target, a speaker, and any combination thereof. For example, the physical parameter application unit 335 is a physically implementable functional unit.
For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QG1A belong to a physical parameter type TU11 and a physical parameter type TU1G, respectively. The physical parameter type TU11 is the same as or different from the physical parameter type TU1G. The default characteristic physical parameter UL81 belongs to the physical parameter type TU1G. The physical parameter application unit 335 further includes a physical parameter formation area AU11 having the variable physical parameter QU 1A. The physical parameter application area AJ11 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU11. For example, the specific function operation ZH81 is used to drive the physical parameter application zone AJ11 to form the characteristic physical parameter to ZL82. For example, the physical parameter formation area AU11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area, and an environment area. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is different from a time type.
The variable physical parameter QG1A is one of a variable electrical parameter, a variable mechanical parameter, a variable optical parameter, a variable temperature, a variable voltage, a variable current, a variable electrical power, a variable resistance, a variable capacitance, a variable inductance, a variable frequency, a clock time, a variable time length, a variable brightness, a variable light intensity, a variable volume, a variable data flow, a variable amplitude, a variable spatial position, a variable displacement, a variable sequence position, a variable angle, a variable spatial length, a variable distance, a variable translation speed, a variable angular speed, a variable acceleration, a variable force, a variable pressure, and a variable mechanical power. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is the same as or different from the variable physical parameter QG1A.
Please refer to fig. 24, 25 and 26. Fig. 24 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9033 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 25 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9034 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 26 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9035 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 24, 25, and 26, each of the implementation structure 9033, the implementation structure 9034, and the implementation structure 9035 includes the control device 212 and the function device 130. The function device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the physical parameter application unit 335, and the storage unit 332. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the receiving unit 337, the display unit 382, and the transmission unit 384. The receiving unit 337, the display unit 382, the transmission unit 384, the sensing unit 334, the physical parameter application unit 335, and the storage unit 332 are all controlled by the processing unit 331.
In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the sensing signal SN81. For example, on condition that the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the sensing signal SN81. After the processing unit 331 uses the output element 338 to generate the operation signal SG81 within the operation time TF81 by executing the signal generation control GY81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the sensing signal SN82. For example, the sensing unit 334 is one of a time sensing unit, an electrical parameter sensing unit, a mechanical parameter sensing unit, an optical parameter sensing unit, a temperature sensing unit, a humidity sensing unit, a motion sensing unit, and a magnetic parameter sensing unit.
The sensing unit 334 includes a sensing element 3341 coupled to the processing unit 331, and uses the sensing element 3341 to generate the sensing signal SN81 and the sensing signal SN82. The sensing component 3341 is of a sensor type 7341 and is one of a first plurality of application sensors. The first plurality of application sensors include a first voltage sensor, a first current sensor, a first resistance sensor, a first capacitance sensor, a first inductance sensor, a first accelerometer, a first gyroscope, a first pressure transducer, a first strain gauge, a first timer, a first photodetector, a first temperature sensor, and a first humidity sensor. For example, the sensing element 3341 generates a sensing signal component SN811. The sense signal SN81 includes the sense signal component SN811.
The sensing unit 334 further includes a sensing element 3342 coupled to the processing unit 331 and uses the sensing element 3342 to generate the sensing signal SN81 and the sensing signal SN82. The sensing component 3342 is of a sensor type 7342 and is one of a second plurality of application sensors. The sensor type 7342 is different or independent from the sensor type 7341. The second plurality of application sensors includes a second voltage sensor, a second current sensor, a second resistance sensor, a second capacitance sensor, a second inductance sensor, a second accelerometer, a second gyroscope, a second pressure transducer, a second strain gauge, a second timer, a second light detector, a second temperature sensor, and a second humidity sensor.
For example, the sensing element 3342 generates a sense signal component SN812. The sense signal SN81 further includes the sense signal component SN812. For example, the sensing unit 334 is of a sensor type 734. The sensor type 734 is related to the sensor type 7341 and the sensor type 7342. For example, the sensing unit 334, the sensing element 3341, and the sensing element 3342 are an electrical power sensing unit, a voltage sensor, and a current sensor, respectively. For example, the sensing unit 334, the sensing element 3341, and the sensing element 3342 are an inertial measurement unit, an accelerometer, and a gyroscope, respectively.
In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A depends on a variable physical parameter JA1A and a variable physical parameter JB1A different from the variable physical parameter JA 1A. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A, the variable physical parameter JA1A and the variable physical parameter JB1A are a variable electric power, a variable voltage and a variable current, respectively, and belong to a first physical parameter type, a second physical parameter type and a third physical parameter type, respectively. The second physical parameter type and the third physical parameter type are different or independent. The first physical parameter type is dependent on the second physical parameter type and the third physical parameter type. The sensing component 3341 senses the variable physical parameter JA1A to generate the sensed signal component SN811. The sensing component 3342 senses the variable physical parameter JB1A to generate the sense signal component SN812.
The processing unit 331 receives the sense signal component SN811 and the sense signal component SN812. On condition that the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value VN81 in response to the sense signal component SN811 and the sense signal component SN812. For example, the processing unit 331 obtains a measurement VN811 in response to the sense signal component SN811, obtains a measurement VN812 in response to the sense signal component SN812, and obtains the measurement VN81 by performing a scientific calculation MY81 using the measurement VN811 and the measurement VN 812. The scientific calculation MY81 is formulated in advance based on the first physical parameter type, the second physical parameter type, and the third physical parameter type.
Each of the variable physical parameter JA1A and the variable physical parameter JB1A is one of a variable electrical parameter, a variable mechanical parameter, a variable optical parameter, a variable temperature, a variable voltage, a variable current, a variable electrical power, a variable resistance, a variable capacitance, a variable inductance, a variable frequency, a clock time, a variable time length, a variable brightness, a variable light intensity, a variable volume, a variable data flow, a variable amplitude, a variable spatial position, a variable displacement, a variable sequence position, a variable angle, a variable spatial length, a variable distance, a variable translation speed, a variable angular speed, a variable acceleration, a variable force, a variable pressure, and a variable mechanical power.
In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 is configured to conform to the sensor specification FU11. The sensing unit 334 generates the sensing signal SN81 by performing the sensing signal generation HF81 depending on the sensor sensitivity YW 81. The physical parameter application unit 335 includes the physical parameter formation area AU11 having the variable physical parameter QU 1A. On the condition that the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 and the variable physical parameter QU1A is present in the physical parameter formation area AU11, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the sensing signal SN81. For example, the sensing unit 334 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU11, or located in the physical parameter formation area AU11. The processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal SN81 and obtains the measurement value VN81 in the specified measurement value format HH11 by processing the received sensing signal SN81.
The processing unit 331 performs a checking operation BV81 for checking the mathematical relationship KV81 between the measurement value VN81 and the measurement value application range RN1L by comparing the measurement value VN81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L, and makes the logical decision PB81 based on the checking operation BV81. In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 processes the received sensing signal SN81 to obtain a measurement sequence JN81 comprising the measurement VN81. The processing unit 331 performs a checking operation BV85 for checking a mathematical relationship KV85 between the measurement value sequence JN81 and the measurement value application range RN1L by comparing the measurement value sequence JN81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN 1L. The processing unit 331 makes the logical decision PB81 based on the checking operation BV85. For example, the checking operation BV85 includes the checking operation BV81.
For example, on the condition that the processing unit 331 identifies the measurement VN81 as an allowable value VG81 within the measurement application range RN1L based on the data comparison CD81, the processing unit 331 makes the logical decision PB81 to be affirmative. Alternatively, on condition that the processing unit 331 recognizes the mathematical relationship KV81 as a numerical intersection relationship KW81, the processing unit 331 makes the logical decision PB81 to be affirmative.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 is responsive to the control signal SC81 to obtain the measured value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC 81. The processing unit 331 performs a verification operation ZU81 associated with the variable physical parameter QU1A within the specified time TG82 after the operation time TF 81. On condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET into which the variable physical parameter QU1A enters based on the verification operation ZU81, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. For example, the verification operation ZU81 obtains the measurement value VN82 in the specified measurement value format HH81 in response to the sense signal SN82 within the specified time TG82 after the operation time TF 81.
The verification operation ZU81 obtains the target range-limit value pair DN1T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and checks the mathematical relationship KV91 between the measurement value VN82 and the measurement value target range RN1T by comparing the measurement value VN82 and the obtained target range-limit value pair DN1T to make the logical decision PB91 whether the measurement value VN82 is within the measurement value target range RN 1T. In the condition that the logical decision PB91 is positive, the verification operation ZU81 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, or determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET into which the variable physical parameter QU1A enters.
On the condition that the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET, in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, based on the verification operation ZU81, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A based on the code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM 1T.
In some embodiments, on the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET, in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, based on the verification operation ZU81 within the specified time TG82, the processing unit 331 performs a data comparison CE8T between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A, which is equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14, and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measured value range code EM14 and the obtained measured value target range code EM1T based on the data comparison CE8T, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to specify the obtained measured value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.
For example, on condition that the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DF81 based on the data comparison CE8T, the processing unit 331 executes the data storage control operation GU81, the data storage control operation GU81 being configured to cause the physical parameter target range code UN8T representing the determined physical parameter target range RD1ET to be recorded by the storage unit 332. For example, the physical parameter target range code UN8T is equal to the measured value target range code EM1T obtained. The data storage control operation GU81 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measured value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.
When the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the display unit 382 displays the status indication LB81. For example, the state indication LB81 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in the particular state XJ81 within the particular physical parameter range RD1E 4. Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 is configured to obtain the specific measurement value range code EM14 and to cause the display unit 382 to display the status indication LB81 based on the obtained specific measurement value range code EM 14.
On condition that the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DF81 based on the data comparison CE8T, the processing unit 331 causes the display unit 382 to change the status indication LB81 to the status indication LB82 based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM 1T. For example, the state indication LB82 is used to indicate the particular state XJ82 where the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.
In some embodiments, both physical parameter target range RD1ET and physical parameter application range RD1EL are included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \8230. The physical parameter target range RD1ET is the same as or different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a physical parameter candidate range RD1E 2. The physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 is different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the same as or different from the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the physical parameter application range RD1EL is a physical parameter candidate range.
The physical parameter target range RD1ET is configured to correspond to a corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET. The nominal physical parameter range RD1E is equal to a range combination of the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET, and includes the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The measurement value target range RN1T is configured to correspond to a corresponding measurement value range RX1T. The nominal measurement value range RD1N is equal to a range combination of the measurement value target range RN1T and the corresponding measurement value range RX1T. The corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET is represented by the corresponding measured value range RX1T. For example, the corresponding measurement value range RX1T is preset in the specified measurement value format HH81 based on one of the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and the sensor profile FU 11.
The measurement target range RN1T and the measurement application range RN1L are both included in the plurality of different measurement reference ranges RN11, RN12, \8230. The measurement value target range RN1T is the same as or different from the measurement value application range RN1L. The physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 is represented by a measurement value candidate range RN12. The measurement value candidate range RN12 is different from the measurement value application range RN1L and the same as or different from the measurement value target range RN1T. The nominal measurement value range RD1N includes the measurement value application range RN1L and the measurement value candidate range RN12. For example, the measurement value candidate range RN12 is preset based on the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 and the nominal measurement value range RD 1N. The measurement value application range RN1L is a measurement value candidate range. The nominal measurement value range RD1N is preset with the specified measurement value format HH81 based on the nominal physical parameter range representation GA8E, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R, and the nominal physical parameter range representation GA 8E.
In some embodiments, the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are separate or adjacent. The measurement value application range RN1L and the measurement value candidate range RN12 are separated on the condition that the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are separated. On the condition that the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are adjacent, the measurement value application range RN1L and the measurement value candidate range RN12 are adjacent. The multiple different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \ 8230comprise the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, which are respectively represented by the multiple different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, \ 8230and respectively represented by multiple physical parameter reference range codes.
The measurement value candidate range RN12 is represented by a measurement value candidate range code EM12 and has a candidate range limit value pair DN1B, whereby the measurement value candidate range code EM12 is configured to indicate the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. For example, the candidate range limit value pair DN1B includes a candidate range limit value DN13 and a candidate range limit value DN14 relative to the candidate range limit value DN 13. The measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the candidate range limit value pair DN1B are both preset. The multiple different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, 8230comprise preset measurement value candidate range codes EM12. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, \8230comprisethe measurement value candidate range RN12 and are respectively represented by the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, \8230. For example, the plurality of physical parameter reference range codes are configured to be respectively equal to the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, \8230.
For example, the trigger application function specification GAL8 further comprises a physical parameter candidate range representation GA82 for representing the physical parameter candidate range RD1E 2. The measurement value candidate range RN12 and the candidate range limit value pair DN1B are preset in the specified measurement value format HH81 based on the sensor specification FU 11. For example, the measurement value candidate range RN12 and the candidate range limit value pair DN1B are preset in the specified measurement value format HH81 based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GA82, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representation GW81, and a data encoding operation ZX84 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representation GA82.
In some embodiments, the measurement application functional specification GAL8 is used to represent the nominal physical parameter range RD1E and the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \8230. The nominal measurement value range RD1N, the nominal range limit value pair DD1A, the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, \8230, and the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, \8230areall defaulted based on the measurement application functional specification GAL8. The measurement application function FA81 is selected from a plurality of different physical parameter control functions. The storage unit 332 stores the measurement application function specification GAL8.
The processing unit 331 sets in advance the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the application range limit value pair DN1L, the target range limit value pair DN1T, and the candidate range limit value pairs DN1B, \ 8230in accordance with the measurement application function specification GAL 8. The sensing signal SN81 contains sensing data. For example, the sensing data belongs to the binary data type. The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value VN81 in the specified measurement value format HH81 based on the sensing data.
In some embodiments, the operating unit 397 is configured to execute the measurement application function FA81 in dependence on the control signal SC 81. The processing unit 331 makes the logical decision PB81 whether the measurement value VN81 is within the measurement value application range RN1L based on the checking operation BV81 for the measurement application function FA81. On condition that the logical decision PB81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 checks the range relation KE8A by comparing the obtained target range-limit-value pair DN1T and the obtained application range-limit-value pair DN1L to make the reasonable decision PW81.
For example, on condition that the rational decision PW81 is positive, the processing unit 331 performs the signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained handle CC1T to cause the output component 338 to generate the operation signal SG81 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1 ET. On condition that the logical decision PB81 is negative, the processing unit 331 determines the measurement value candidate range code EM12 selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, \8230byperforming a scientific calculation MR82 using the determined measurement value application range code EM1L in order to select the measurement value candidate range RN12 from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, \8230.
The processing unit 331 obtains the candidate range-limit value pair DN1B based on the determined measurement value candidate range code EM12 and checks a mathematical relationship KV82 between the measurement value VN81 and the selected measurement value candidate range RN12 based on a data comparison CD82 between the measurement value VN81 and the obtained candidate range-limit value pair DN1B to make a logical decision PB82 whether the measurement value VN81 is within the selected measurement value candidate range RN 12. On condition that the logical decision PB82 is positive, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.
In the affirmative condition of the logical decision PB82, the processing unit 331 checks a range relation KE8B between the measurement target range RN1T and the selected measurement candidate range RN12 by comparing the obtained measurement target range code EM1T and the determined measurement candidate range code EM12 to make a logical decision PZ82 whether the obtained measurement target range code EM1T and the determined measurement candidate range code EM12 are equal. On condition that the logical decision PZ82 is negative, the processing unit 331 uses the output component 338 to generate the operating signal SG81 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1 ET.
For example, in the case that the logical decision PB82 is positive, the processing unit 331 checks a range relation KE9B between the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the selected physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 by comparing the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the determined measurement value candidate range code EM12 to make a logical decision PZ92 whether the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the selected physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are equal. On a condition that the logical decision PZ92 is negative, the processing unit 331 uses the output component 338 to generate the operation signal SG81 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET by recognizing the range relationship KE9B as a range-distinct relationship. On a condition that the logical decision PZ82 is negative, the logical decision PZ92 is negative.
In some embodiments, the input unit 380 receives the user input operation BQ81 under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured within the physical parameter target range RD1ET based on the control signal SC81, and provides an input data DH81 to the processing unit 331 in response to the user input operation BQ 81. The processing unit 331 performs a data encoding operation EA81 on the input data DH81 to determine the specific input code UW81. The processing unit 331 performs a check operation ZP81 for the measurement application function FA81 in response to determining the specific input code UW81 to decide whether the determined specific input code UW81 is equal to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.
For example, on the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the specific input code UW81, the processing unit 331 reads the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the measured value target range code EM1T by using the storage unit 332, and performs the checking operation ZP81 for checking an arithmetic relationship KP81 between the determined specific input code UW81 and the read measured value target range code EM 1T. The checking operation ZP81 is configured to compare the determined specific input code UW81 and the read measured value target range code EM1T by performing a data comparison CE81 for the measurement application function FA81 to decide whether the determined specific input code UW81 and the read measured value target range code EM1T are different.
On condition that the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DX81 between the determined specific input code UW81 and the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T BY performing the data comparison CE81, the processing unit 331 causes the output component 338 to perform a signal generating operation BY82 for the measurement application function FA81 to generate an operation signal SG82. For example, the operation signal SG82 is one of a function signal and a control signal. The output component 338 transmits the operation signal SG82 to the physical parameter application unit 335.
The physical parameter applying unit 335 responds to the operation signal SG82 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET from the physical parameter target range RD 1ET. For example, the operation signal SG82 is one of a pulse width modulation signal, a level signal, a driving signal and a command signal. For example, the physical parameter applying unit 335 is responsive to the operation signal SG82 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 comprised in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \8230.
For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, \8230comprisesa specific measurement value range code EM15 different from the measurement value target range code EM 1T. The specific measurement value range code EM15 is configured to indicate the specific physical parameter range RD1E5. On condition that the determined specific input code UW81 is equal to the specific measured value range code EM15 resulting in the code difference DX81 between the determined specific input code UW81 and the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measured value target range code EM1T, the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DX81 by performing the data comparison CE81 and uses the output component 338 to generate the operation signal SG82 in response to determining the code difference DX 81. In response to the operating signal SG82, the physical parameter application unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 included in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET.
For example, after the processing unit 331 causes the output component 338 to perform the signal generating operation BY82, the processing unit 331 performs a verifying operation related to the variable physical parameter QU1A within a specified time. On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 into which the variable physical parameter QU1A enters based on the verification operation, the processing unit 331 specifies the determined specific input code UW81, which is equal to the specific measurement-value-range code EM15, to the variable physical-parameter-range code UN8A. For example, specific physical parameter range RD1E5 is equal to one of physical parameter application range RD1EL and physical parameter target range RD1 EU.
In some embodiments, the input unit 380 receives the user input operation BQ82 under the condition that the processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target state JE1U by checking the first mathematical relationship KQ81, and provides an input data DH82 to the processing unit 331 in response to the user input operation BQ 82. The processing unit 331 performs a data encoding operation EA82 on the input data DH82 to determine the specific input code UW82.
Please refer to fig. 27, 28 and 29. Fig. 27 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9036 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 28 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9037 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 29 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9038 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 27, 28, and 29, each of the implementation structure 9036, the implementation structure 9037, and the implementation structure 9038 includes the control device 212 and the function device 130. The function device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the physical parameter application unit 335, and the storage unit 332. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the receiving unit 337, and the transmitting unit 384.
In some embodiments, the storage unit 332 has the memory location YM8L, and stores the application range limit value pair DN1L in the memory location YM 8L. The memory location YM8L is identified based on the preset measurement application range code EM 1L. For example, the memory location YM8L is identified based on the memory address AM8L, or is identified by the memory address AM 8L.
The storage unit 332 has the memory location YM8T and the memory location YX8T different from the memory location YM8T, stores the target range limit value pair DN1T in the memory location YM8T, and stores the handle CC1T in the memory location YX8T. For example, the memory location YM8T and the memory location YX8T are both identified based on the predetermined measured value target range code EM 1T. The handle CC1T is preset based on the specified physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1 ET. The memory location YM8T is identified based on a memory address AM8T, or by the memory address AM 8T. The memory location YX8T is identified based on the memory address AX8T, or by the memory address AX 8T. The memory location YM8L is different from the memory location YX8T.
The storage unit 332 further has a memory location YM82 and a memory location YX82 different from the memory location YM82, stores the candidate range-limit value pair DN1B in the memory location YM82, and stores a handle CC12 in the memory location YX 82. For example, the memory location YM82 and the memory location YX82 are both identified based on the predetermined measurement value candidate range code EM 12. The handle CC12 is preset based on a specified physical parameter QD12 within the physical parameter candidate range RD1E 2.
For example, the measurement application functional specification GAL8 comprises a physical parameter representation GA812, the physical parameter representation GA812 being for representing the specified physical parameter QD12 within the physical parameter target range RD1E 2. The handle CC12 is preset based on the physical parameter representation GA812 and a data encoding operation ZX92 for transforming the physical parameter representation GA 812. The memory location YM82 is identified based on the memory address AM82, or by the memory address AM 82. The memory location YX82 is identified based on the memory address AX82, or by the memory address AX 82.
For example, the storage unit 332 further has a memory location YX8L, and stores a handle CC1L in the memory location YX 8L. The memory location YX8L is identified based on a memory address AX8L, or by the memory address AX 8L. The handle CC1L is preset based on a specified physical parameter QD1L within the physical parameter application range RD1 EL.
In some embodiments, the application range limit value pair DN1L, the target range limit value pair DN1T, and the candidate range limit value pair DN1B all belong to a measurement range limit data code type TN81. The measurement range boundary data code type TN81 is identified by a measurement range boundary data code type identifier HN 81. Both the handle CC1T and the handle CC12 belong to a handle type TC81. The handle type TC81 is identified by a handle type identifier HC 81. The measurement range boundary data code type identifier HN81 and the handle type identifier HC81 are both preset.
The memory address AM8L is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L and the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HN 81. The memory address AX8L is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L and the preset handle type identifier HC 81. The memory address AX8T is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T and the preset handle type identifier HC 81. The third memory address AM8T is preset based on the preset measured value target range code EM1T and the preset measuring range limit data code type identifier HN 81. The memory address AM82 is preset based on the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HN 81. The memory address AX82 is preset based on the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the preset handle type identifier HC 81.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 determines the measurement value application range code EM1L in response to the control signal SC81, obtains the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81 in response to the control signal SC81, obtains the memory address AM8L based on the determined measurement value application range code EM1L and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81, and uses the storage unit 332 to access the application range limit value pair DN1L stored in the memory location YM8L to obtain the application range limit value pair DN1L based on the obtained memory address AM 8L.
The processing unit 331 checks the mathematical relationship KV81, based on the data comparison CD81 between the measured value VN81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L, to make the logical decision PB81 whether the measured value VN81 is within the selected measured value application range RN1L, and determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is present, on the condition that the logical decision PB81 is positive. For example, in the affirmative condition of the logical decision PB81, the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently a physical parameter within the physical parameter application range RD1EL, and thereby identifies a physical parameter relationship KD8L between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter application range RD1EL as a physical parameter intersection relationship where the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently within the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The processing unit 331 checks the physical parameter relationship KD8L by checking the mathematical relationship KV 81.
The processing unit 331 obtains the preset handle type identifier HC81 in response to the control signal SC81, and obtains the measured value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC 81. On condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81, the processing unit 331 obtains the memory address AX8T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the obtained handle type identifier HC81, and uses the storage unit 332 to access the handle CC1T stored in the memory location YX8T based on the obtained memory address AX 8T. The processing unit 331 causes the output component 338 to perform the signal generating operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 to generate the operation signal SG81 based on the accessed handle CC1T, the operation signal SG81 being used to control the physical parameter applying unit 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter scalar range RD1ET.
The processing unit 331 obtains the third memory address AM8T based on the obtained measured value target range code EM1T and the obtained measured range limit data code type identifier HN81, and uses the storage unit 332 to access the target range limit value pair DN1T stored in the memory location YM8T to obtain the target range limit value pair DN1T based on the obtained third memory address AM 8T. The processing unit 331 checks the mathematical relationship KV91 between the measurement VN82 and the measurement target range RN1T by comparing the measurement VN82 and the obtained target range limit pair DN1T to make the logical decision PB91 whether the measurement VN82 is within the measurement target range RN 1T.
In some embodiments, one of the receiving component 3371 and the receiving component 3372 receives the write request information WN8L including the preset application range limit value pair DN1L and the default memory address AM8L before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC 81. For example, one of the receiving component 3371 and the receiving component 3372 receives the write request information WN8L from the control device 212 in advance. The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to store the application range limit value pair DN1L of the write request information WN8L to the memory location YM8L in response to the write request information WN8L.
Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, one of the receiving component 3371 and the receiving component 3372 receives the write request message WC8T including the preset handle CC1T and the default memory address AX 8T. For example, one of the receiving component 3371 and the receiving component 3372 receives the write request information WC8T from the control apparatus 212 in advance. The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 in response to the write request information WC8T to store the handle CC1T of the write request information WC8T to the memory location YX8T.
Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, one of the receiving element 3371 and the receiving element 3372 receives a write request message WN8T including the default application target limit value pair DN1T and the preset third memory address AM 8T. For example, one of the receiving component 3371 and the receiving component 3372 receives the write request information WN8T from the control device 212 in advance. The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to store the application target limit value pair DN1T of the write request information WN8T to the memory location YM8T in response to the write request information WN8T.
The storage unit 332 further has a memory location YN81, and stores the nominal range limit value pair DD1A in the memory location YN81. The memory location YN81 is identified based on a memory address AN81, or identified by the memory address AN 81. For example, the memory address AN81 is defaulted. Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, one of the receiving element 3371 and the receiving element 3372 receives a write request message WD81 including the preset nominal range limit value pair DD1A and the default memory address AN 81. For example, one of the receiving component 3371 and the receiving component 3372 receives the write request information WD81 from the control device 212 in advance. The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to store the nominal range limit value pair DD1A of the write request information WD81 to the memory location YN81 in response to the write request information WD81.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 obtains the memory address AM82 based on the determined measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81, and uses the storage unit 332 to access the candidate range limit value pair DN1B stored in the memory location YM82 to obtain the candidate range limit value pair DN1B based on the obtained memory address AM 82.
In some embodiments, the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 is represented by a specific measurement value range RN 15. The specific measurement value range RN15 has a specific range limit value pair DN1E. The memory cell 332 further has a memory location YM85 and a memory location YX85 different from the memory location YM 85. The memory location YM85 is identified based on a memory address AM85 and is preset based on the specific measurement value range code EM15 and the measurement range limit data code type identifier HN 81. The memory location YX85 is identified based on a memory address AX85 and is preset based on the specific measurement value range code EM15 and the handle type identifier HC 81.
The storage unit 332 stores the specific range limit value pair DN1E in the memory location YM85, and stores a handle CC15 in the memory location YX85. The specific range limit value pair DN1E is configured to represent the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 and belongs to the measurement range limit data code type TN81. The handle CC15 belongs to the handle type TC81 and is preset based on a specified physical parameter QD5T within the specified physical parameter range RD1E 5. The obtained measurement value target range code EM1T.
On condition that the determined specific input code UW81 equals the preset specific measured value range code EM15 resulting in the code difference DX81 between the determined specific input code UW81 and the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measured value target range code EM1T, the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DX81 by performing the data comparison CE 11. On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DX81, the processing unit 331 obtains the memory address AX85 based on the determined specific input code UW81 and the obtained handle type identifier HC81, which are equal to the preset specific measurement value range code EM 15.
The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to access the handle CC15 stored in the memory location YX85 based on the obtained memory address AX85, and causes the output component 338 to execute the signal generating operation BY82 for the measurement application function FA81 based on the accessed handle CC15 to generate the operation signal SG82, which is used for controlling the physical parameter application unit 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 included in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1 ET.
In some embodiments, after the processing unit 331 causes the output component 338 to perform the signal generating operation BY82 to generate the operation signal SG82 within an operation time TF82, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN83. The processing unit 331 obtains a measured value VN83 in response to the sensing signal SN83 at a specified time TG83 after the operation time TF 82. The processing unit 331 is configured to obtain the memory address AM85 based on the determined specific input code UW81 equal to the preset specific measurement value range code EM15 and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81, and to use the storage unit 332 to access the specific range limit value pair DN1E stored in the memory location YM85 based on the obtained memory address AM 85.
On the condition that the processing unit 331 checks a mathematical relationship KV83 between the measured value VN83 and the specific measured value range RN15 by comparing the measured value VN83 and the obtained specific range limit value pair DN1E to determine the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the determined specific input code UW81 to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A based on a code difference between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A and the determined specific input code UW81 equal to the preset specific measured value range code EM 15.
For example, the processing unit 331 determines a physical parameter situation in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently within the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 by examining the mathematical relationship KV83, and thereby identifies a physical parameter relationship KD85 between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 as a physical parameter intersection relationship in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently within the specific physical parameter range RD1E 5. The processing unit 331 checks the physical parameter relationship KD85 by checking the mathematical relationship KV 83.
Please refer to fig. 30, fig. 31 and fig. 32. Fig. 30 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9039 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 31 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9040 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 32 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9041 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 30, 31, and 32, each of the implementation structure 9039, the implementation structure 9040, and the implementation structure 9041 includes the control device 212 and the function device 130. The function device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the physical parameter application unit 335, and the storage unit 332. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the timer 342, the receiving unit 337, and the transmitting unit 384.
In some embodiments, the control signal SC81 received by the receiving unit 337 conveys the control information CG81, the control information CG81 including a timed operation mode code CP21, the measurement value specified range code EL1T, the specified range limit value pair DQ1T, the measurement time length value VH8T, the target range limit value pair DN1T, the nominal range limit value pair DD1A, the handle CC1T and the measurement value target range code EM1T. The timed operation mode code CP21 represents the timed operation mode WU21 in which the timer 342 operates.
The processing unit 331 obtains the control information CG81 from the control signal SC81 and starts the timer 342 based on the obtained timed operation mode code CP21 to operate the timer 342 in the timed operation mode WU21. The timer 342 senses the clock time TH1A in the timed mode of operation WU21. The clocked operating mode WU21 is characterized based on the plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, \ 8230. On condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81 based on the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 causes the output component 338 to perform the signal generating operation BY81 based on the obtained handle CC1T, the signal generating operation BY81 being used for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 obtains the measured value target range code EM1T and the target range limit value pair DN1T from the received control signal SC 81. On the condition that the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET, in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, by comparing the measurement value VN82 with the obtained target range value pair DN1T, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A based on the code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A, which is equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14, and the obtained measurement value target range code EM 1T.
For example, the processing unit 331 determines a physical parameter situation in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently within the physical parameter target range RD1ET by comparing the measured value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T, and thereby identifies a physical parameter relationship KD8T between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target range RD1ET as a physical parameter intersection relationship in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently within the physical parameter target range RD1 ET. The processing unit 331 checks the physical parameter relationship KD8T by comparing the measured value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 is responsive to the control signal SC81 to perform a checking operation BV51 for checking a mathematical relationship KV51 between the measured value VN81 and the measured value target range RN 1T. On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines, based on the checking operation BV51, the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 performs the signal generation control GY81 within the operation time TF81 based on the control signal SC81 to transmit the operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335. The operating signal SG81 serves to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET from the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET, in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.
The control signal SC81 delivers the target range limit value pair DN1T, the nominal range limit value pair DD1A and the handle CC1T. The processing unit 331 obtains the target range-boundary value pair DN1T from the control signal SC81 and performs the check operation BV51 by comparing the measurement value VN81 to the obtained target range-boundary value pair DN1T to make a logical decision PB51 whether the measurement value VN81 is within the corresponding measurement value range RX 1T. On condition that the logical decision PB51 is positive, the processing unit 331 determines the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.
The processing unit 331 obtains the handle CC1T from the control signal SC81, and executes the signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained handle CC1T. The output module 338 generates the control GY81 to generate the operation signal SG81 in response to the signal. For example, the control signal SC81 delivers the measured value target range code EM1T, obtains the measured value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC81, and obtains the stored handle CC1T from the storage unit 332 based on the obtained measured value target range code EM 1T.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 obtains the nominal range limit value pair DD1A from the control signal SC81 and performs a checking operation BM51 for checking a mathematical relationship KM51 between the measured value VN81 and the nominal measured value range RD1N by comparing the measured value VN81 with the obtained nominal range limit value pair DD 1A. For example, the processing unit 331 makes the logical decision PB51 based on the check operation BV51 and the check operation BM51. For example, the physical parameter relationship check control GX8T comprises the check operation BV51 and the check operation BM51.
The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value VN82 in the specified measurement value format HH81 in response to the sense signal SN82 within the specified time TG82 after the operation time TF 81. The processing unit 331 checks the mathematical relationship KV91 between the measured value VN82 and the measured value target range RN1T by comparing the measured value VN82 and the target range limit value pair DN1T obtained from the control signal SC81 to make the logical decision PB91 whether the measured value VN82 is within the measured value target range RN 1T. In the affirmative condition of the logical decision PB91, the processing unit 331 determines within the specified time TG82 the physical parameter target range RD1ET, within which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, and causes the transmission unit 384 to transmit the control response signal SE81 conveying the obtained measured value VN82 to the operation unit 297.
In some embodiments, variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on target range RD1ET of the physical parameter and a physical parameter application range RD1EJ different from target range RD1ET of the physical parameter, and one of target range RD1ET of the physical parameter and physical parameter application range RD1EJ is represented by a measurement value indication range RN 1H. On condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EJ the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located in by examining a mathematical relationship KH81 between the measurement value VN81 and the measurement value indicative range RN1H, the processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET from the physical parameter application range RD1 EJ. For example, the physical parameter application range RD1EJ is equal to one of the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET and the physical parameter application range RC1 EL.
In a first case: the physical parameter application range RD1EJ is represented by the measurement value indication range RN 1H; the measurement value indication range RN1H is equal to the measurement value application range RN1L; and the mathematical relationship KH81 is equal to the mathematical relationship KV81. In a second case different from the first case: the physical parameter application range RD1EJ corresponds to the physical parameter target range RD1ET and is equal to the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET; said corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET is represented by said corresponding measured value range RX 1T; the physical parameter target range RD1ET is represented by the measurement value indication range RN 1H; the measurement value indication range RN1H is equal to the measurement value target range RN1T; and the mathematical relationship KH81 is equal to the mathematical relationship KV51.
In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is associated with a variable time duration LF8A and is characterized based on a physical parameter target range RD1 EV. The physical parameter target range RD1EV is indicated by a physical parameter target range code UN 1V. The timer 342 is used to sense or measure the variable time length LF8A in a timing mode of operation WU11 different from the timing mode of operation WU 21. The timed operation mode WU11 is represented by a timed operation mode code CP11 different from the timed operation mode code CP 21. The variable time length LF8A is characterized based on a reference time length LJ 8V.
The reference time length LJ8V is represented by a measurement time length value CL 8V. The measurement time length value CL8V is preset in a specified measurement value format HH91 based on the reference time length LJ8V and the timer specification FT 21. For example, the specified measurement value format HH91 is characterized based on a specified number of bits UY 91. On condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the clock time application interval HR1EU within the physical parameter target range RD1EU, the receiving unit 337 receives a control signal SC88 from the control device 212. For example, the specified measurement value format HH91 is a specified count value format.
The control signal SC88 delivers the timed mode of operation code CP11, the physical parameter target range code UN1V, the measurement time length value CL8V and a handle CC1V. For example, the handle CC1V is preset based on a specified physical parameter QD1V within the physical parameter target range RD1 EV. The control signal SC88 functions to indicate at least one of the physical parameter target range RD1EV and the physical parameter target state JE1V by delivering the physical parameter target range code UN 1V.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 is configured to obtain the timed operation mode code CP11, the physical parameter target range code UN1V, the measurement time length value CL8V and the handle CC1V from the control signal SC 88. The processing unit 331 stops the timer 342 based on the obtained timed operation mode code CP11, restarts the timer 342 based on the obtained value of the measuring time length CL8V, and makes the timer 342 operate in the timed operation mode WU11 by restarting the timer 342. The timer 342 is restarted to start an application time length LT8V matching the reference time length LJ 8V. The timer 342 senses the variable time duration LF8A in the timed mode of operation WU11 for the duration LT8V by performing a counting operation BC8V for the duration LT8V. The timed mode of operation WU11 is characterized based on the reference length of time LJ 8V.
The processing unit 331 goes through the application time length LT8V to reach a specific time TJ8V based on the counting operation BC 8V. The application time length LT8V has an end time TZ8V. The specific time TJ8V is adjacent to the end time TZ8V. For example, the control signal SC88 conveys a control information CG88. The control information CG88 contains the timed operation mode code CP11, the physical parameter target range code UN1V, the measurement time length value CL8V and the handle CC1V. The processing unit 331 is configured to obtain the control information CG88 from the control signal SC 88. The processing unit 331 makes the variable physical parameter QU1A within the application time length LT8V within the physical parameter target range RD1EV in response to the obtained control information CG88.
The measurement application functional specification GAL8 contains a time length representation GA8KV. The time length representation GA8KV is used to represent the reference time length LJ8V. For example, the time length value CL8V is preset in the specified measurement value format HH91 based on the time length representation GA8KV, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZX8KV for converting the time length representation GA8KV. The physical parameter target range RD1EV is configured to correspond to a corresponding physical parameter range RY1EV. The nominal physical parameter range RD1E is equal to a range combination of the physical parameter target range RD1EV and the corresponding physical parameter range RY1EV.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 operates the timer 342 in the timed mode of operation WU11 based on the obtained timed mode of operation code CP 11. The processing unit 331 causes the timer 342 to perform the counting operation BC8V in the timed operation mode WU11 based on the obtained measurement time length value CL 8V. On the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1EV based on the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 reaches the specific time TJ8V based on the counting operation BC8V and causes the output component 338 to perform the signal generating operation BY89 within the specific time TJ8V, the signal generating operation BY89 being used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1EV to enter the corresponding physical parameter range RY1EV.
For example, on the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1EV based on the control signal SC88, the processing unit 331 experiences the application time length LT8V to reach the specific time TJ8V based on the counting operation BC 8V. The processing unit 331 obtains a physical parameter target range code UN1W different from the obtained physical parameter target range code UN1V by performing a scientific calculation MK81 using the obtained physical parameter target range code UN1V within the specific time TJ8V. The physical parameter target range RD1EW is represented by the physical parameter target range code UN1W. For example, the physical parameter target range code UN1W indicates the physical parameter target state JE1W.
For example, the control device 212 determines the measuring time length value CL8V based on the reference time length LJ8V and the timer specification FT21, and outputs the control signal SC88 based on the determined measuring time length value CL8V. The control information CG88 further comprises the measurement time length value CL8V. The control signal SC88 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be sufficient for the application time length LT8V matching the reference time length LJ8V within the physical parameter target range RD1 EV. For example, the physical parameter target range code UN1W is identical to the measured value candidate range code EM12.
For example, when the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC88, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A is equal to the physical parameter object state code EW1U. On the condition that the physical parameter target range code UN1V of the control signal SC88 is different from the physical parameter target state code EW1U of the variable physical parameter range code UN8A, the processing unit 331 generates an operation signal SG88 based on a code difference DX88 between the physical parameter target range code UN1V of the control signal SC88 and the physical parameter target state code EW1U of the variable physical parameter range code UN8A, and transmits the operation signal SG88 to the physical parameter application unit 335. The operating signal SG88 is used to bring the variable physical parameter QU1A to the physical parameter target range RD1EV.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 obtains the memory address AX82 based on the obtained measurement value candidate range code EM12 (or the obtained physical parameter target range code UN 1W) and the obtained handle type identifier HC 81. The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to read the handle CC12 stored in the memory location YX82 based on the acquired memory address AX82 and executes a signal generation control GY89 for controlling the output element 338 based on the read handle CC 12.
The output component 338 performs the signal generating operation BY89 for the measurement application function FA81 in response to the signal generating control GY89 to generate the operation signal SG89, which is used to control the physical parameter application unit 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1EW included in the corresponding physical parameter range RY 1EV. For example, the operation signal SG89 is one of a function signal and a control signal. The physical parameter target range RD1EW is one of the physical parameter application range RD1ET, the physical parameter target range RD1EU, and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, and is different from the physical parameter target range RD1EV.
For example, the processing unit 331 causes the timer 342 to perform the counting operation BC8V to reach the end time TZ8V based on the obtained measurement time length value CL 8V. When the timer 342 reaches the end time TZ8V by performing the counting operation BC8V, the timer 342 transmits an interrupt request signal UH8V to the processing unit 331 to reach the specific time TJ8V. The processing unit 331 performs the scientific calculation MK81 using the obtained physical parameter target range code UN1V to retrieve the physical parameter target range code UN1W different from the obtained physical parameter target range code UN1V in response to the interrupt request signal UH8V within the specific time TJ8V. For example, the processing unit 331 recognizes the specific time TJ8V by receiving the interrupt request signal UH8V from the timer 342, and thereby experiences the application time length LT8V. The specific time TJ8V is adjacent to the end time TZ8V.
In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on the nominal physical parameter range RD 1E. The nominal physical parameter range RD1E, which encompasses the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, is represented by the nominal measurement value range RD 1N. For example, the nominal measurement value range RD1N includes the measurement value target range RN1T, the measurement value application range RN1L, and the measurement value candidate range RN12. The physical parameter target range RD1ET, the physical parameter application range RD1EL, and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are represented by the measurement value target range RN1T, the measurement value application range RN1L, and the measurement value candidate range RN12, respectively.
The physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are different. The physical parameter target range RD1ET is the same as or different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The physical parameter target range RD1ET is the same as or different from the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The measurement value application range RN1L and the measurement value candidate range RN12 are different. The measurement value target range RN1T is the same as or different from the measurement value application range RN1L. The measurement value target range RN1T is the same as or different from the measurement value candidate range RN12.
In some embodiments, the nominal physical parameter range RD1E of the variable physical parameter QU1A includes the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \8230. The plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \8230comprisethe physical parameter target range RD1ET, the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The variable physical parameter QU1A is in one of a plurality of different reference states based on the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \8230. The plurality of different reference states includes a first reference state, a second reference state and a third reference state, whereby the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized by a variable current state. The variable present state is one of the plurality of different reference states.
For example, the first reference state and the second reference state are complementary. On the condition that said variable physical parameter QU1A is within said physical parameter application range RD1EL, said variable physical parameter QU1A is in said first reference state. On the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the second reference state. On condition that said variable physical parameter QU1A is within said physical parameter target range RD1ET, said variable physical parameter QU1A is in said third reference state. The third reference state is the same as or different from the first reference state. The third reference state is the same as or different from the second reference state.
The handle CC1T conveyed by the control signal SC81 and the handle CC1T stored by the storage unit 332 are both preset based on the specified physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1 ET. On condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81, the processing unit 331 causes the output component 338 to perform the signal generation operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 to generate the operation signal SG81 based on the obtained handle CC 1T.
The physical parameter applying unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to change from a current state to the third reference state in response to the operation signal SG81, or causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to change from a specific physical parameter QU17 to a specific physical parameter QU18 in response to the operation signal SG81. For example, the present state is one of the first reference state and the second reference state. The specific physical parameter QU17 is within the physical parameter application range RD1EL or within the physical parameter candidate range RD1E 2. The specific physical parameter QU18 is within the physical parameter target range RD1 ET. For example, said specific physical parameter QU17 is within said corresponding physical parameter range RY1 ET.
In some embodiments, the plurality of different reference states result in the physical parameter application unit 335 being in a plurality of different functional states, respectively. The plurality of different functional states are different and include a first functional state, a second functional state, and a third functional state. For example, the first functional state and the second functional state are complementary. On the condition that said variable physical parameter QU1A is within said physical parameter application range RD1EL, said physical parameter application unit 335 is in said first functional state. On condition that said variable physical parameter QU1A is within said physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, said physical parameter application unit 335 is in said second functional state. On condition that said variable physical parameter QU1A is within said physical parameter target range RD1ET, said physical parameter application unit 335 is in said third functional state. The third functional state is the same as or different from the first functional state. The third functional state is the same as or different from the second functional state.
For example, the measured value target range code EM1T is a measured value reference range number. The measurement value target range RN1T is arranged in the nominal measurement value range RD1N on the basis of the measurement value target range code EM 1T. The measurement value application range code EM1L is a measurement value reference range number. The measurement value application range RN1L is arranged in the nominal measurement value range RD1N on the basis of the measurement value application range code EM 1L. The measurement value candidate range code EM12 is a measurement value reference range number. The measurement value candidate range RN12 is arranged in the nominal measurement value range RD1N on the basis of the measurement value candidate range code EM 12.
In some embodiments, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and said physical parameter application range RD1EL is the other of said relatively high physical parameter range and said relatively low physical parameter range. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable voltage, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high voltage range and a relatively low voltage range, respectively. Said relatively high physical parameter range and said relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high current range and a relatively low current range, respectively, on condition that said variable physical parameter QU1A is said first variable current. In the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable resistance, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high resistance range and a relatively low resistance range, respectively.
On the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable luminance, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high luminance range and a relatively low luminance range, respectively. On the condition that said variable physical parameter QU1A is said first variable light intensity, said relatively high physical parameter range and said relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high light intensity range and a relatively low light intensity range, respectively. On the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable volume, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high volume range and a relatively low volume range, respectively. On the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable angular velocity, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high angular velocity range and a relatively low angular velocity range, respectively.
For example, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 is the other of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range. For example, the physical parameter application range RD1EL is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 is the other of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range. For example, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the specific physical parameter range RD1E4 is the other one of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range. For example, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 is the other one of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range.
In some embodiments, where the function device 130 is a relay, the physical parameter application unit 335 is a control switch. In the condition that the physical parameter application unit 335 is the control switch, the control switch has a variable switch state and is in one of an on state and an off state based on the variable physical parameter QU 1A. For example, the variable switch state is equal to one of the on state and the off state, and the on state and the off state are complementary. The on state is one of the first functional state and the second functional state, and the off state is the other of the first functional state and the second functional state.
On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81, the processing unit 331 recognizes the variable present state as a specific state different from the third reference state, and thereby generates the operation signal SG81. The physical parameter applying unit 335 responds to the operation signal SG81 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET, so that the variable present state is changed to the third reference state. On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DX81, the processing unit 331 uses the output component 338 to generate the operation signal SG82. The physical parameter applying unit 335 responds to the operation signal SG82 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 included in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET from the physical parameter target range RD1 ET; thus, the variable present state is changed to the second reference state on condition that the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 is equal to the physical parameter candidate range RD1E 2.
For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable current. The physical parameter application range RD1EL, the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 and the physical parameter target range RD1ET are a first current reference range, a second current reference range, a third current reference range and a fourth current reference range, respectively. The handle CC1L is preset based on a first specified current within the first current reference range. The handle CC12 is preset based on a second specified current within the second current reference range. The handle CC1T is preset based on a third specified current within the third current reference range. The handle CC1V is preset based on a fourth specified current within the fourth current reference range.
The measurement time length value CL8V is preset in the specified measurement value format HH91 based on the time length representation GA8KV, the timer specification FT21, and the data encoding operation ZX8 KV. The processing unit 331 obtains the length of measuring time value CL8V from the control signal SC88 and causes the timer 342 to perform the counting operation BC8V based on the obtained length of measuring time value CL 8V. On the condition that the first variable current is configured to be within the fourth current reference range based on the control signal SC88, the processing unit 331 experiences the application time length LT8V to reach the specific time TJ8V based on the counting operation BC8V, whereby the first variable current is maintained to be within the fourth current reference range within the application time length LT8V related to the counting operation BC8V.
For example, in the case where the variable physical parameter QU1A is a variable rotation speed, the physical parameter application range RD1EL, the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, and the physical parameter target range RD1ET are a first rotation speed reference range, a second rotation speed reference range, and a third rotation speed reference range, respectively. On the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is a variable temperature, the physical parameter application range RD1EL, the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 and the physical parameter target range RD1ET are a first temperature reference range, a second temperature reference range and a third temperature reference range, respectively.
Please refer to fig. 33. Fig. 33 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9042 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 33, the implementation structure 9042 includes the control device 212, the function device 130, and a server 280. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280. The function device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the physical parameter application unit 335, and the storage unit 332. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the receiving unit 337, the transmitting unit 384, and a timer 340 coupled to the processing unit 331. The timer 340 is controlled by the processing unit 331.
In some embodiments, the receiving component 3374 comprised in the receiving unit 337 is coupled to the processing unit 331 and receives the physical parameter signal SB81 from the control device 212 on condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is to be provided by means of the control device 212. The physical parameter applying unit 335 receives the physical parameter signal SB81 from the receiving component 3374. The processing unit 331 causes the physical parameter application unit 335 to use the physical parameter signal SB81 to form the variable physical parameter QU1A dependent on the physical parameter signal SB81.
The control device 212 includes the operation unit 297, a storage unit 250 coupled to the operation unit 297, and a sensing unit 560 coupled to the operation unit 297. The operation unit 297 performs one of a read operation BR81 and a sense operation BZ81 to output the physical parameter signal SB81. The read operation BR81 reads a physical parameter data record DU81 stored in one of the storage unit 250 and the server 280. The sensing unit 560 senses a variable physical parameter QL1A by performing the sensing operation BZ81 to cause the operation unit 297 to output the physical parameter signal SB81. For example, the sensing unit 560 is controlled by the operation unit 297 to sense the variable physical parameter QL1A.
For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A belongs to the physical parameter type TU11. The variable physical parameter QL1A belongs to a physical parameter type TL11. The physical parameter type TU11 is the same or different from the physical parameter type TL11. The control device 212 is in an application environment EX 81. One of the control device 212 and the application environment EX81 has the variable physical parameter QL1A. The physical parameter data record DU81 is provided in advance based on a variable physical parameter QY 1A. The variable physical parameter QY1A belongs to the physical parameter type TL11. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is different from a time type.
In some embodiments, the physical parameter application unit 335 includes a driver circuit 3355, and a physical parameter forming portion 3351 coupled to the driver circuit 3355. The physical parameter formation section 3351 is for forming the variable physical parameter QU1A, and includes the physical parameter formation area AU11. The driving circuit 3355 is coupled to the receiving component 3374 and the output component 338 and is controlled by the processing unit 331 through the output component 338. The driving circuit 3355 receives the physical parameter signal SB81 from the receiving component 3374, receives the operation signal SG81 from the output component 338, and processes the physical parameter signal SB81 in response to the operation signal SG81 to output a driving signal SL81.
The physical parameter forming part 3351 receives the driving signal SL81 and brings the variable physical parameter QU1A within the physical parameter target range RD1ET in response to the driving signal SL 81. For example, in case the fair decision PW81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 causes the output component 338 to perform the signal generating operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 to provide the operation signal SG81 to the driving circuit 3355. The driving circuit 3355 drives the physical parameter forming portion 3351 in response to the operation signal SG81 to bring the variable physical parameter QU1A into the physical parameter target range RD1ET.
In some embodiments, the nominal measurement value range RD1N is configured to have a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, \8230. For example, the plurality of different measurement reference ranges RN11, RN12, \8230, have a total reference range number NT81 and include the measurement target range RN1T. For example, the total reference range number NT81 is preset. The storage unit 332 stores the nominal range limit value pair DD1A. The processing unit 331 is configured to obtain the total reference range number NT81 from one of the control signal SC81 and the storage unit 332, obtain the measured value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC81, and obtain the nominal range limit value pair DD1A from the storage unit 332 in response to the control signal SC 81.
The processing unit 331 performs the scientific calculation MR81 to select the measurement value application range code EM1L from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, \8230onthe basis of the measurement values VN81, the obtained total reference range numbers NT81 and the obtained nominal range limit value pairs DD1A to determine the measurement value application range code EM1L. For example, the scientific calculation MR81 is constructed in advance based on the preset total reference range number NT81 and the preset rated range limit value pair DD 1A.
The processing unit 331 performs the scientific calculation MZ81 based on the determined measurement value application range code EM1L, the obtained total reference range number NT81 and the taken nominal range limit value pair DD1A to obtain the application range limit value pair DN1L. For example, the scientific calculation MZ81 is constructed in advance based on the preset total reference range number NT81 and the preset rated range limit value pair DD 1A.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 generates the control GY81 in response to the signal executed within the operation time TF81 to cause the timer 340 to execute a counting operation BE81. The processing unit 331 arrives at the specified time TG82 based on the counting operation BE81, and obtains the measurement value VN82 in response to the sense signal SN82 at the specified time TG 82.
The variable physical parameter QL1A is one of a second variable electrical parameter, a second variable mechanical parameter, a second variable optical parameter, a second variable temperature, a second variable voltage, a second variable current, a second variable electrical power, a second variable resistor, a second variable capacitor, a second variable inductor, a second variable frequency, a second clock time, a second variable time length, a second variable brightness, a second variable light intensity, a second variable volume, a second variable data flow, a second variable amplitude, a second variable spatial position, a second variable displacement, a second variable sequential position, a second variable angle, a second variable spatial length, a second variable distance, a second variable translational velocity, a second variable angular velocity, a second variable acceleration, a second variable force, a second variable pressure, and a second variable mechanical power.
The variable physical parameter QY1A is one of a third variable electrical parameter, a third variable mechanical parameter, a third variable optical parameter, a third variable temperature, a third variable voltage, a third variable current, a third variable electrical power, a third variable resistor, a third variable capacitor, a third variable inductor, a third variable frequency, a third clock time, a third variable time length, a third variable brightness, a third variable light intensity, a third variable volume, a third variable data flow, a third variable amplitude, a third variable spatial position, a third variable displacement, a third variable sequential position, a third variable angle, a third variable spatial length, a third variable distance, a third variable translational velocity, a third variable angular velocity, a third variable acceleration, a third variable force, a third variable mechanical power, and a third variable mechanical power.
Please refer to fig. 34, 35 and 36. Fig. 34 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9043 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 35 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9044 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 36 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9045 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 34, 35, and 36, each of the implementation structure 9043, the implementation structure 9044, and the implementation structure 9045 includes the control device 212, the function device 130, and the server 280. The function device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the physical parameter application unit 335, and the storage unit 332. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the receiving unit 337, the input unit 380, the transmitting unit 384, the timer 342 coupled to the processing unit 331, and a timer 343 coupled to the processing unit 331.
In some embodiments, the control device 212, the function device 130, and the server 280 are all coupled to a network 410. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280 through the network 410. The function device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the physical parameter application unit 335, and the storage unit 332. The operation unit 397 comprises the processing unit 331, the receiving unit 337, and the transmitting unit 384. The control means 212 transmits the control signal SC81 to the function means 130 via the network 410. The function device 130 transmits the control response signal SE81 to the control device 212 via the network 410.
For example, the operation unit 397 includes a communication interface unit 386 coupled to the processing unit 331. The processing unit 331 is coupled to the network 410 through the communication interface unit 386. For example, the communication interface unit 386 is controlled by the processing unit 230 and includes the transmitting component 3842 coupled to the processing unit 331 and the receiving component 3371 coupled to the processing unit 331. The processing unit 331 is coupled to the server 280 through the communication interface unit 386 and the network 410. The communication interface unit 386 is, for example, one of a wired communication interface unit and a wireless communication interface unit.
The receiving unit 337, the transmitting unit 384, the timer 342, the timer 343, the sensing unit 334, the physical parameter applying unit 335, the storing unit 332, and the communication interface unit 386 are all controlled by the processing unit 331. On the condition that the trigger event JQ81 is the integer overflow event, the timer 343, which is the trigger application unit 387, causes the integer overflow event to occur in response to a time control GD81 associated with the processing unit 331. For example, the processing unit 331 performs the time control GD81 for controlling the timer 343 in response to the control signal SC 81. The timer 343 is responsive to the time-controlled GD81 to form the integer overflow event.
Please refer to fig. 9, fig. 10, fig. 11 and fig. 12 additionally. In some embodiments, when the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The control signal SC81 delivers the measurement value specifying range code EL1T by default. The processing unit 331 obtains the delivered measurement value specifying range code EL1T from the control signal SC81, obtains the memory address AS8T based on the obtained measurement value specifying range code EL1T, and accesses the physical parameter target range code UQ1T stored in the memory location YS8T based on the obtained memory address AS8T to obtain the preset measurement value target range code EM1T.
For example, the control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measured value target range RN1T by delivering the preset measured value specifying range code EL1T on the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measured value target range code EM1T. The processing unit 331 performs the data acquisition AD8A using the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to obtain the target range limit value pair DN1T.
In some embodiments, on condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL, in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, by comparing the measured value VN81 with the obtained pair of application range limit values DN1L, the processing unit 331 checks the range relation KE8A between the measured value target range RN1T and the measured value application range RN1L by comparing the obtained pair of target range limit values DN1T with the obtained pair of application range limit values DN1L to make the logical decision PY81 of whether the obtained pair of target range limit values DN1T and the obtained pair of application range limit values DN1L are equal.
On a condition that the logical decision PY81 is negative, the processing unit 331 recognizes the range relationship KE8A as the range difference relationship to determine the range difference DS81. For example, the processing unit 331 applies a range code EM1L based on the determined measurement value to obtain the predetermined application range limit value pair DN1L. For example, the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DB81 between the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL by determining the range difference DS81.
In some embodiments, on condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL, in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, by comparing the measured value VN81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L, the processing unit 331 makes the logical decision PZ81 of whether the obtained measured value target range code EM1T and the determined measured value application range code EM1L are equal, by comparing the obtained measured value target range code EM1T and the determined measured value application range code EM 1L. On a condition that the logical decision PZ81 is negative, the processing unit 331 recognizes the range relationship KE8A as the range-distinct relationship to determine the range difference DS81.
On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines at least one of the range difference DS81 and the range difference DB81, the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 for generating the operation signal SG81 within the operation time TF 81. The operating signal SG81 serves to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET identical to the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The processing unit 331 performs the verification operation ZU81 associated with the variable physical parameter QU1A within the specified time TG82 after the operation time TF 81. On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET, in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, based on the verification operation ZU81 within the specified time TG82, the processing unit 331 performs the data comparison CE8T between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM 1T.
On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measured value range code EM14 and the obtained measured value target range code EM1T based on the data comparison CE8T, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measured value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 arrives at the operation time TY81 based on the counting operation BD81 on the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET based on the control signal SC 81. Within the operation time TY81, the timer 342 senses the clock time TH1A to cause the variable count value NY8A to be equal to the measurement value NY81, and thereby generates the sense signal SY81 conveying the measurement value NY 81.
For example, the trigger application unit 387 supplies the operation request signal SJ81 to the processing unit 331 in response to the trigger event JQ81, and thereby causes the processing unit 331 to receive the operation request signal SJ81. The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value NY81 in the specified measurement value format HH95 from the sense signal SY81 within the operation time TY81 in response to the operation request signal SJ81, and obtains or determines the measurement value application range code EL1U by performing the scientific calculation MH85 using the obtained measurement value specified range code EL1T within the operation time TY81 so as to check the mathematical relationship KQ81 between the obtained measurement value NY81 and the measurement value application range RQ 1U. For example, the trigger application unit 387 is one of the receiving unit 337, the input unit 380, the display unit 382, the sensing unit 334, and the timer 343.
In some embodiments, the measurement specified range RQ1T has the specified range limit value pair DQ1T. The specified range limit value pair DQ1T includes the specified range limit value DQ13 and the specified range limit value DQ14 with respect to the specified range limit value DQ 13. The measurement value designation range RQ1T and the designated range limit value pair DQ1T are both preset in the designated measurement value format HH95 based on the clock time designation interval HR1ET and the timer specification FT 21. The measurement application range RQ1U has the application range limit value pair DQ1U. The application range limit value pair DQ1U comprises the first application range limit value DQ15 and the second application range limit value DQ16 relative to the first application range limit value DQ 15. The measurement value application range RQ1U and the application range limit value pair DQ1U are both preset with the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the clock time application interval HR1EU and the timer specification FT 21.
For example, within the operation time TY81, the physical parameter target range code UQ1U is equal to one of the measured value target range code EM1U that is preset and the physical parameter target state code EW1U that is preset. The memory unit 332 stores the specified range limit value pair DQ1T and the applied range limit value pair DQ1U. The specified range limit value pair DQ1T and the applied range limit value pair DQ1U are stored in the storage unit 332 based on the measured value specified range code EL1T and the measured value applied range code EL1U, respectively. For example, the default physical parameter target state code EW1U is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1U.
The processing unit 331 is configured to obtain the application range limit value pair DQ1U from the memory unit 332 based on the obtained measurement value application range code EL1U within the operation time TY81, and to perform a checking operation ZQ81 for checking the mathematical relationship KQ81 between the measurement value NY81 and the measurement value application range RQ1U by comparing the obtained measurement value NY81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DQ 1U. On condition that the processing unit 331 determines the clock time application interval HR1EU within which the clock time TH1A is currently located based on the checking operation ZQ81 within the operation time TY81, the processing unit 331 obtains the memory address AS8U based on the obtained measurement value application range code EL1U, and accesses the physical parameter target range code UQ1U stored in the memory location YS8U based on the obtained memory address AS8U within the operation time TY81 to obtain the physical parameter target range code UQ1U.
For example, the processing unit 331 determines that the clock time TH1A is currently a time instance within the clock time application interval HR1EU based on the checking operation ZQ81, and thereby identifies that a time relationship between the clock time TH1A and the clock time application interval HR1EU is a time intersection relationship of the clock time TH1A currently within the clock time application interval HR1 EU. On condition that the processing unit 331 obtains the physical parameter target range code UQ1U from the memory location YS8U, the processing unit 331 performs a checking operation ZP85 for the measurement application function FA81 within the operation time TY81 to determine whether the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U is equal to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.
In some embodiments, on the condition that the processing unit 331 obtains the physical parameter target range code UQ1U from the memory location YS8U, the processing unit 331 reads the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the measured value target range code EM1T by using the storage unit 332, and performs the checking operation ZP85 for checking an arithmetic relationship KP85 between the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the read measured value target range code EM 1T. The checking operation ZP85 is configured to compare the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the read measured value target range code EM1T by performing a data comparison CE85 for the measurement application function FA81 to determine whether the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the read measured value target range code EM1T are different.
On condition that the processing unit 331 determines a code difference DX85 between the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T BY performing the data comparison CE85, the processing unit 331 causes the output element 338 to perform a signal generating operation BY85 for the measurement application function FA81 within the operation time TY81 to generate an operation signal SG85. For example, the operation signal SG85 is a control signal. The output component 338 transmits the operation signal SG85 to the physical parameter application unit 335. Physical parameter applying unit 335 responds to operating signal SG85 to cause variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET from physical parameter target range RD 1ET. For example, on the condition that the processing unit 331 obtains the physical parameter target range code UQ1U equal to the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12 from the memory location YS12, the physical parameter application unit 335 responds to the operation signal SG85 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1EU identical to the physical parameter candidate range RD1E 2.
For example, the storage unit 332 has a memory location YX8U different from the memory location YX8T, and stores a handle CC1U in the memory location YX 8U. The memory location YX8U is identified based on a memory address AX8U. The memory address AX8U is preset according to the preset physical parameter object state code EW 1U. The handle CC1U is preset based on a specified physical parameter QD1U within the physical parameter target range RD1EU. On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DX85, the processing unit 331 obtains the memory address AX8U based on the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U equal to the preset physical parameter target state code EW 1U.
The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to access the handle CC1U stored in the memory location YX8U to obtain the handle CC1U based on the obtained memory address AX8U, and causes the output component 338 to perform the signal generation operation BY85 for the measurement application function FA81 to generate the operation signal SG85 based on the accessed handle CC1U within the operation time TY 81. Operating signal SG85 is used to cause variable physical parameter QU1A to enter from target range RD1ET into target range RD1EU of physical parameter.
In some embodiments, the input unit 380 includes the button 3801 and a button 3802. The button 3801 is located at a spatial position LD91. The button 3801 is located at a spatial position LD92 different from the spatial position LD91. On the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be in the physical parameter target range RD1ET based on the operation signal SG 81: the button 3801 is related to the default physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1; said button 3802 is related to said default physical parameter target range limit ZD1T2; and the input unit 380 receives a user input operation BQ81. The user input operation BQ81 uses one of the button 3801 and the button 3802.
Under the condition that the user input operation BQ81 uses the button 3801, the input unit 380 supplies the operation request signal SJ91 to the processing unit 331 in response to the user input operation BQ81 using the button 3801. The processing unit 331 responds to the operation request signal SJ91 to cause the output component 338 to transmit the operation signal SG82 to the physical parameter application unit 335. The operating signal SG82 serves to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to pass the default physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1 into the specific physical parameter range RD1E5.
On the condition that the user input operation BQ81 uses the button 3802, the input unit 380 supplies an operation request signal SJ71 to the processing unit 331 in response to the user input operation BQ81 using the button 3802. The processing unit 331 responds to the operation request signal SJ71 to cause the output component 338 to transmit an operation signal SG72 to the physical parameter application unit 335. The operating signal SG72 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to pass through the default physical parameter target range limit ZD1T2 into a particular physical parameter range RD2E5 comprised in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \8230. The specific physical parameter range RD2E5 is different from each of the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the specific physical parameter range RD1E 5.
In some embodiments, under the condition that variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1EU based on the operation signal SG 85: the button 3801 is related to the default physical parameter target range limit ZD1U1; the button 3802 is related to the default physical parameter target range limit ZD1U2; and the input unit 380 receives a user input operation BQ82. The user input operation BQ82 uses one of the button 3801 and the button 3802.
On the condition that the user input operation BQ82 uses the button 3801, the input unit 380 supplies the operation request signal SJ92 to the processing unit 331 in response to the user input operation BQ82 using the button 3801. The processing unit 331 responds to the operation request signal SJ92 to cause the output component 338 to transmit the operation signal SG87 to the physical parameter application unit 335. The operating signal SG87 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to pass the default physical parameter target range limit ZD1U1 into the specific physical parameter range RD1E6.
Under the condition that the user input operation BQ82 uses the button 3802, the input unit 380 supplies an operation request signal SJ72 to the processing unit 331 in response to the user input operation BQ82 using the button 3802. The processing unit 331 makes the output unit 338 transmit an operation signal SG77 to the physical parameter application unit 335 in response to the operation request signal SJ 72. The operating signal SG77 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to pass the default physical parameter target range limit ZD1U2 into a specific physical parameter range RD2E6 comprised in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \ 8230. The particular physical parameter range RD2E6 is different than each of the physical parameter target range RD1EU and the particular physical parameter range RD1E6.
Please refer to fig. 37, 38, 39 and 40. Fig. 37 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9046 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 38 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9047 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 39 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9048 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 40 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9049 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 37, 38, 39, and 40, each of the implementation structure 9046, the implementation structure 9047, the implementation structure 9048, and the implementation structure 9049 includes the control device 212 and the function device 130. The control device 212 includes the operation unit 297 and the state change detector 475.
The function device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the storage unit 332, the sensing unit 334, the physical parameter application unit 335, and a physical parameter application unit 735. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the receiving unit 337, the transmitting unit 384, and the output component 338 coupled to the processing unit 331. The output component 338 is located outside the processing unit 331 and is controlled by the processing unit 331. For example, the physical parameter application unit 735 is a functional object. The state change detector 475 is a trigger application unit and provides the trigger signal SX8A to the operation unit 297 in response to the trigger event EQ 81. For example, the trigger signal SX8A is an operation request signal.
In some embodiments, the function device 130 further includes a physical parameter application unit 735 coupled to the operation unit 397 and a multiplexer 363 coupled to the operation unit 397. The physical parameter application unit 735 is coupled to the output component 338 and includes a physical parameter formation area AU21. The physical parameter formation area AU21 has a variable physical parameter QU2A. The multiplexer 363 has an input 3631, an input 3632, a control 363C and an output 363P. The control terminal 363C is coupled to the processing unit 331. For example, the physical parameter application unit 735 is a physically implementable functional unit and has a functional structure similar to that of the physical parameter application unit 335. For example, the physical parameter application unit 735 is disposed at one of an inside of the function device 130 and an outside of the function device 130.
The input 3631 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU11. The input 3632 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU21. The output 363P is coupled to the sensing unit 334. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QU2A are a fourth variable electrical parameter and a fifth variable electrical parameter, respectively. For example, the fourth variable electrical parameter and the fifth variable electrical parameter are a fourth variable voltage and a fifth variable voltage, respectively. The input end 3631 and the output end 363P have a first functional relationship therebetween. The first functional relationship is equal to one of a first on relationship and a first off relationship.
A second functional relationship exists between the input end 3632 and the output end 363P. The second functional relationship is equal to one of a second on relationship and a second off relationship. On the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first on-state relationship, the sensing unit 334 is configured to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A through the output 363P and the input 3631, and is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU11 through the output 363P and the input 3631.
On the condition that the second functional relationship is equal to the second on relationship, the sensing unit 334 is configured to sense the variable physical parameter QU2A through the output 363P and the input 3632, and is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU21 through the output 363P and the input 3632. For example, the multiplexer 363 is controlled by the processing unit 331 and is an analog multiplexer. For example, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A through the multiplexer 363 at an operation time TX81, and senses the variable physical parameter QU2A through the multiplexer 363 at an operation time TX82 different from the operation time TX 81.
For example, the storage unit 332, the sensing unit 334, the multiplexer 363, the physical parameter application unit 335, and the physical parameter application unit 735 are all coupled to the operation unit 397 and are all controlled by the processing unit 331. The control device 212 and the function device 130 are separate or in contact. The operation unit 397 and the physical parameter application unit 335 are separate or in contact. The operation unit 397 and the physical parameter application unit 735 are separate or in contact. The operation unit 397 and the sensing unit 334 are separated or in contact. Said control means 212 are intended to control said variable physical parameter QU2A.
In some embodiments, the physical parameter application unit 335 is identified by an application unit identifier HA 2T. The physical parameter application unit 735 is identified by an application unit identifier HA 22. The physical parameter application unit 335 and the physical parameter application unit 735 are respectively located at different spatial locations, and are both coupled to the processing unit 331 by being coupled to the output component 338. The application unit identifiers HA2T and the application unit identifiers HA22 are both defaulted based on the measurement application function specification GAL 8. The control signal SC81 further conveys at least one of the application unit identifier HA2T and the application unit identifier HA 22.
The receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from the operating unit 297. On condition that the control signal SC81 conveys the application unit identifier HA2T, the processing unit 331 selects the physical parameter application unit 335 for control in response to the control signal SC81. On condition that the control signal SC81 conveys the application unit identifier HA22, the processing unit 331 selects the physical parameter application unit 735 to control in response to the control signal SC81. For example, the application unit identifier HA2T is a first functional unit number. The application unit identifier HA22 is a second functional unit number.
For example, the physical parameter application unit 335 and the physical parameter application unit 735 are separate or separated by a layer of material 70U disposed between the physical parameter application unit 335 and the physical parameter application unit 735. The physical parameter application unit 335, the material layer 70U, and the physical parameter application unit 735 are all coupled to a support medium 70M. The functional device 130 includes the material layer 70U, or the material layer 70U is disposed outside the functional device 130. The functional device 130 includes the supporting medium 70M, or the supporting medium 70M is disposed outside the functional device 130. For example, the support medium 70M is coupled to the operation unit 397.
In some embodiments, on condition that the control signal SC81 delivers the application unit identifier HA2T, the processing unit 331 is responsive to the control signal SC81 to obtain the application unit identifier HA2T from the control signal SC81 and to cause the sensing unit 334 to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T and thereby receive the sensing signal SN81 from the sensing unit 334. The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value VN81 in the specified measurement value format HH81 based on the received sensing signal SN81, and causes the output component 338 to transmit at least one of the operation signal SG81, the operation signal SG82, the operation signal SG85, the operation signal SG87, the operation signal SG88, and the operation signal SG89 to the physical parameter applying unit 335 based on the obtained application unit identifier HA 2T.
For example, the processing unit 331 is responsive to the control signal SC81 to provide a control signal SD81 to the control terminal 363C based on the obtained application unit identifier HA 2T. For example, the control signal SD81 is a selection control signal and functions to instruct the input 3631. The multiplexer 363 is responsive to the control signal SD81 to cause the first functional relationship between the input 3631 and the output 363P to be equal to the first conductive relationship. Under the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first on-relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the sensing signal SN81, and thus the processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal SN81 from the sensing unit 334. Under the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the sensing signal SN85, and thus the processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal SN85 from the sensing unit 334.
The storage unit 332 has the storage space SU11. The storage unit 332 further stores the nominal range limit value pair DD1A, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A, the target range limit value pair DN1T, the handle CC1T, the candidate range limit value pair DN1B and the handle CC12 in the storage space SU11 based on the application unit identifier HA2T by default. The processing unit 331 further uses the storage unit 332 to access any of the nominal range-bound value pair DD1A, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A, the target range-bound value pair DN1T, the handle CC1T, the candidate range-bound value pair DN1B and the handle CC12, based on the obtained application unit identifier HA 2T.
In some embodiments, the first memory address AM8T is preset based on the default application unit identifier HA2T, the preset measurement value target range code EM1T and the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HN 81. The processing unit 331 is responsive to the control signal SC81 to obtain the first memory address AM8T using the obtained application unit identifier HA2T, the obtained measured value target range code EM1T and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81, and to use the storage unit 332 to access the target range limit value pair DN1T stored in the first memory location YM8T to obtain the target range limit value pair DN1T based on the obtained first memory address AM 8T.
For example, the memory address AX8T is preset based on the default application unit identifier HA2T, the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, and the preset handle type identifier HC 81. On condition that the processing unit 331 determines the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 obtains the memory address AX8T based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T, the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T, and the obtained handle type identifier HC81, and uses the storage unit 332 to access the handle CC1T stored in the memory location YX8T to obtain the handle CC1T based on the obtained memory address AX 8T. For example, the storage unit 332 further stores the measured time length value CL8V, the clock reference time value NR81 and the measured time length value VH8T so that the storage space SU11 further has the measured time length value CL8V, the clock reference time value NR81 and the measured time length value VH8T.
The processing unit 331 is responsive to the control signal SC88 to obtain the measurement time length value CL8V from the memory space SU 11. The processing unit 331 causes the storage unit 332 to store the clock reference time value NR81 and the measurement time length value VH8T based on the measurement value specifying range code EL1T by default. The control signal SC81 delivers the measurement value specifying range code EL1T. The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value specifying range code EL1T from the control signal SC81, and accesses the clock reference time value NR81 and the measurement time length value VH8T stored in the storage space SU11 based on the obtained measurement value specifying range code EL1T to obtain the clock reference time value NR81 and the measurement time length value VH8T. The processing unit 331 performs the scientific calculation ME85 to obtain the application range limit value pair DQ1U based on the obtained measurement time length value VH8T and the obtained clock reference time value NR 81.
In some embodiments, on condition that the processing unit 331 determines the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET, in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 performs the signal generation control GY81 for controlling the output component 338 based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T and the obtained handle CC 1T. The output component 338 performs the signal generation operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 in response to the signal generation control GY81 to generate the operation signal SG81, and causes the output component 338 to transmit the operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335. The operation signal SG81 is used to control the physical parameter application unit 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.
For example, the processing unit 331 provides a control signal SF81 to the output element 338 by executing the signal generation control GY81. The output component 338 performs the signal generating operation BY81 to generate the operation signal SG81 in response to the control signal SF 81. On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application state JE1L in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located based on the physical parameter relationship check control GX8T, the processing unit 331 performs the signal generation control GY81 for controlling the output component 338 based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T and the obtained handle CC1T within the operation time TF 81. The physical parameter application state JE1L is predetermined based on the physical parameter application range RD1 EL.
For example, the output component 338 includes an output terminal 338P and an output terminal 338Q. The output 338P is coupled to the physical parameter application unit 335. The output 338P is coupled to the physical parameter application unit 735. The output end 338P and the output end 338Q are respectively located at different spatial positions. The application unit identifier HA2T by default is configured to indicate the output 338P. The application unit identifier HA22 by default is configured to indicate the output 338Q. For example, the control signal SC81 causes the processing unit 331 to select the physical parameter application unit 335 for control by delivering the application unit identifier HA2T configured to indicate the output 338P. The signal generation control GY81 serves to indicate the output 338P and is used to cause the output component 338 to receive the control signal SF81. The control signal SF81 serves to indicate the output terminal 338P. The output component 338 performs the signal generating operation BY81 using the output terminal 338P to transmit the operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter applying unit 335 in response to one of the signal generating control GY81 and the control signal SF81.
In some embodiments, on condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application state JE1T in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located based on the physical parameter relationship check control GX8U, the processing unit 331 performs the signal generation control GY85 for controlling the output component 338 based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T and the obtained handle CC1U within the operation time TY 81. The output component 338 performs the signal generation operation BY85 for the measurement application function FA81 in response to the signal generation control GY85 to generate the operation signal SG85, and causes the output component 338 to transmit the operation signal SG85 to the physical parameter application unit 335. For example, the processing unit 331 provides a control signal SF85 to the output element 338 by executing the signal generation control GY85. The output component 338 performs the signal generating operation BY85 to generate the operation signal SG85 in response to the control signal SF85.
The operation signal SG85 is used to control the physical parameter application unit 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1EU from the physical parameter target range RD1 ET. For example, the signal generation control GY85 functions to indicate the output 338P and is used to cause the output component 338 to receive the control signal SF85. The control signal SF85 serves to indicate the output terminal 338P. The output component 338 performs the signal generating operation BY85 using the output terminal 338P to transmit the operation signal SG85 to the physical parameter applying unit 335 in response to one of the signal generating control GY85 and the control signal SF85.
In some embodiments, the receiving unit 337 receives a control signal SC97 from the control device 212. The control signal SC97 conveys the application unit identifier HA22. Under the condition that the control signal SC97 conveys the application unit identifier HA22, the processing unit 331 obtains the application unit identifier HA22 from the control signal SC97 in response to the control signal SC97, and provides a control signal SD82 to the control terminal 363C based on the obtained application unit identifier HA22. For example, the control signal SD82 is a selection control signal, which functions to indicate the input 3632 and is different from the control signal SD81. For example, the control signal SC97 is the control signal SC81. On condition that the control signal SC81 delivers the application unit identifier HA22, the processing unit 331 is responsive to the control signal SC81 to obtain the application unit identifier HA22 from the control signal SC81.
The multiplexer 363 is responsive to the control signal SD82 to cause the second functional relationship between the input 3632 and the output 363P to be equal to the second conductive relationship. Under the condition that the second functional relationship is equal to the second conductive relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN91. The processing unit 331 receives the sense signal SN91 from the sense unit 334 and obtains a measurement value VN91 in the specified measurement value format HH81 based on the received sense signal SN91. For example, the control signal SC97 causes the processing unit 331 to select the physical parameter application unit 735 to control by conveying the application unit identifier HA22 configured to indicate the output 338Q.
In a particular case, the processing unit 331 performs a signal generation control GY97 for controlling the output component 338 based on the obtained measured value VN91 and the obtained application unit identifier HA 22. The signal generation control GY97 functions to indicate the output 338Q and is used to cause the output component 338 to receive a control signal SF97. The control signal SF97 functions to indicate the output terminal 338Q. The output component 338 performs a signal generating operation BY97 using the output terminal 338Q to transmit an operation signal SG97 to the physical parameter applying unit 735 in response to one of the signal generating control GY97 and the control signal SF97. The operation signal SG97 is for controlling the variable physical parameter QU2A, and is one of a function signal and a control signal. For example, the processing unit 331 provides the control signal SF97 to the output component 338 by executing the signal generation control GY97. The output component 338 performs the signal generating operation BY97 in response to the control signal SF97 to generate the operation signal SG97.
Please refer to fig. 41, which is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9050 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 41, the implementation structure 9050 includes the function device 130 and the control device 212 for controlling the function device 130. In some embodiments, the functional device 130 has the variable physical parameter QU1A related to the clock time TH 1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The clock time TH1A is characterized based on the clock time specified interval HR 1ET. The clock time specified interval HR1ET is related to the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The control means 212 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A comprise a sensing unit 260 and the operating unit 297.
The sensing unit 260 senses a variable physical parameter QP1A to generate a sensing signal SM81. For example, the variable physical parameter QP1A is characterized based on a physical parameter application range RC1EL represented by a measurement value application range RM 1L. The operation unit 297 is coupled to the sensing unit 260. The operation unit 297 obtains a measurement value VM81 in response to the sensing signal SM81 on the condition that the triggering event EQ81 occurs. On the condition that the operation unit 297 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL, at which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located, by examining a mathematical relationship KA81 between the measured value VM81 and the measured value application range RM1L, the operation unit 297 generates the control signal SC81 functioning to indicate the clock time specified interval HR 1ET. For example, the measurement value VM81 is a physical parameter measurement value.
The control signal SC81 is used to control the functional device 130 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be within the clock time specified interval HR1ET in the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The clock time TH1A is further characterized based on the clock time application interval HR1EU adjacent to the clock time specified interval HR 1ET. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on the physical parameter target range RD1EU. The clock time application interval HR1EU is related to the physical parameter target range RD1EU. Said control signal SC81 is used to control said functional means 130 to cause said variable physical parameter QU1A to be within said physical parameter target range RD1EU within said clock time application interval HR 1EU.
Please refer to fig. 42 and 43. Fig. 42 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9051 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 43 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9052 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 42 and 43, each of the implementation structure 9051 and the implementation structure 9052 includes the function device 130 and the control device 212. Please refer to fig. 40 additionally. In some embodiments, the sensing unit 260 is configured to conform to a sensor specification FQ11 associated with the measurement value application range RM 1L. For example, the sensor specification FQ11 includes a sensor measurement range representation GQ8R for representing a sensor measurement range RA8E, and a sensor sensitivity representation GQ81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YQ 81. The sensor sensitivity YQ81 is related to a sensing signal generation HE81 performed by the sensing unit 260.
The variable physical parameter QU1A is controlled by means of the timer 342 and is characterized on the basis of the physical parameter target range RD1 ET. The timer 342 senses the clock time TH1A and conforms to the timer specification FT21 associated with the clock time specified interval HR1 ET. For example, the clock time specified interval HR1ET is represented by the measurement value specified range RQ 1T. The timer specification FT21 includes the full measurement value range representation FK8E for representing the full measurement value range QK 8E. For example, the measurement specification range RQ1T is equal to a portion of the full measurement range QK 8E.
The variable physical parameter QU1A is further controlled by means of the sensing unit 334. The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A and complies with the sensor specification FU11 with respect to the physical parameter target range RD1 ET. The physical parameter target range RD1ET is represented by the measurement value target range RN 1T. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes the sensor measurement range representation GW8R for representing the sensor measurement range RB8E, and the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing the sensor sensitivity YW 81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is the same as or different from the sensor sensitivity YQ81. The measured value target range RN1T is preset based on the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and has the target range limit value pair DN1T.
The measurement value VM81 is obtained by the operation unit 297 in a specified measurement value format HQ 81. The variable physical parameter QP1A is further characterized based on a physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 different from the physical parameter application range RC1 EL. The measurement value application range RM1L and a measurement value candidate range RM12 representing the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 are both preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on one of the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R and the sensor specification FQ 11. For example, the measurement value application range RM1L and the measurement value candidate range RM12 are both preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R and the sensor sensitivity representation GQ 81. The measurement specification range RQ1T is defaulted based on the timer specification FT21, has the specified range limit value pair DQ1T, and is represented by a measurement specification range code EL 1T.
In some embodiments, the control signal SC81 conveys the measured value specifying range code EL1T, the specified range limit value pair DQ1T, the physical parameter application state code EW1T and the handle CC1T and is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET within the clock time specified interval HR 1ET. For example, the handle CC1T is predetermined based on a specified physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The control signal SC81 functions to indicate at least one of the measurement value specifying range RQ1T and the clock time specifying interval HR1ET by delivering the specified range limit value pair DQ 1T. The control signal SC81 functions to indicate at least one of the measurement value specification range RQ1T and the clock time specification interval HR1ET by delivering the measurement value specification range code EL 1T.
The measurement value application range RM1L has an application range limit value pair DM1L. For example, the application range limit value pair DM1L is preset. The operation unit 297 obtains the application range limit value pair DM1L in response to the trigger event EQ81 and checks the mathematical relationship KA81 by comparing the measured value VM81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L. The measurement value candidate range RM12 has a candidate range limit value pair DM1B. For example, the candidate range limit value pair DM1B is preset. The operation unit 297 obtains the preset candidate range-limit-value pair DM1B in response to the trigger event EQ 81.
For example, the operation unit 297 includes a trigger application unit 281. The trigger event EQ81 is associated with the trigger application unit 281. The trigger application unit 281 generates an operation request signal SX81 in response to the trigger event EQ 81. The operation unit 297 obtains the measurement value VM81 based on the sense signal SM81 in response to the operation request signal SX81, and obtains the application range limit value pair DM1L in response to the operation request signal SX81.
In some embodiments, the physical parameter application range RC1EL is configured to correspond to a corresponding physical parameter range RW1EL outside the physical parameter application range RC 1EL. On condition that the operation unit 297 determines, by checking the mathematical relationship KA81, that the corresponding physical parameter range RW1EL, in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located, the operation unit 297 performs a data comparison CA91 between the measured value VM81 and the obtained reference range limit value pair DM 1B. On condition that the operation unit 297 determines, based on the data comparison CA91, that the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2, in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located, the operation unit 297 generates a control signal SC82 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A, the control signal SC82 being different from the control signal SC81.
On the condition that the operation unit 297 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL, in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located, by checking the mathematical relationship KA81, the operation unit 297 is configured to obtain a control data code CK8T including the measured value specified range code EL1T, the specified range limit value pair DQ1T, the physical parameter application state code EW1T, and the handle CC1T, execute a signal generation control GS81 for generating the control signal SC81 based on the control data code CK8T, and execute a data storage control operation GT81 for causing a physical parameter application range code UM8L representing the determined physical parameter application range RC1EL to be recorded. The variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QP1A belong to the physical parameter type TU11 and a physical parameter type TP11, respectively. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is the same as or different from the physical parameter type TP11. For example, the data storage control operation GT81 is an assurance operation.
In some embodiments, the clock time specified interval HR1ET has the specified length of time LH8T. The specified length of time LH8T is represented by the measured length of time value VH8T. The control signal SC81 further delivers the value VH8T for measuring the length of time. The conveyed specified range limit value pair DQ1T and the conveyed measured length of time value VH8T are used to cause the functional device 130 to obtain the application range limit value pair DQ1U; the control signal SC81 is thus used to cause the functional means 130 to check the temporal relationship KT81 between the clock time TH1A and the clock time application interval HR1EU and to control the functional means 130 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be within the physical parameter target range RD1EU within the clock time application interval HR 1EU.
For example, the control signal SC81 further delivers the target range limit value pair DN1T. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate at least one of the measured value target range RN1T and the physical parameter target range RD1ET by delivering the target range limit value pair DN1T. The control data code CK8T further includes the measurement time length value VH8T and the target range limit value pair DN1T.
Please refer to fig. 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49 and 50. Fig. 44 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9053 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 45 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9054 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 46 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9055 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 47 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9056 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 48 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9057 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 49 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9058 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 50 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9059 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, and 50, each of the implementation structure 9052, the implementation structure 9053, the implementation structure 9054, the implementation structure 9055, the implementation structure 9056, the implementation structure 9057, the implementation structure 9058, and the implementation structure 9059 includes the control device 212 and the function device 130.
Please refer to fig. 41 additionally. In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QP1A are formed at an actual location LD81 and an actual location LC81 different from the actual location LD81, respectively. The operation unit 297 is configured to execute a measurement application function FB81 associated with the physical parameter application range RC1EL, and includes a processing unit 230 coupled to the sensing unit 260, a transmission unit 240 coupled to the processing unit 230, and a display unit 460 coupled to the processing unit 230. The measurement application function FB81 is configured to conform to a measurement application function specification GBL8 associated with the physical parameter application range RC1 EL. For example, the measurement application function FB81 is a trigger application function. The measurement application function specification GBL8 is a trigger application function specification. The transmission unit 240 is an output unit.
The sensing unit 260 is configured to conform to a sensor specification FQ11 associated with the measurement value application range RM 1L. For example, the sensor specification FQ11 includes a sensor measurement range representation GQ8R for representing a sensor measurement range RA8E, and a sensor sensitivity representation GQ81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YQ 81. The sensor sensitivity YQ81 is related to a sensing signal generation HE81 performed by the sensing unit 260. For example, when the triggering event EQ81 occurs, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to perform the sensing signal generation HE81 depending on the sensor sensitivity YQ81, and the sensing signal generation HE81 is used to generate the sensing signal SM81.
The variable physical parameter QU1A is controlled by means of the timer 342. The timer 342 complies with the timer specification FT21 relating to the clock time specified interval HR1 ET. For example, the clock time specified interval HR1ET is represented by the measurement value specified range RQ 1T. The timer specification FT21 includes the full measurement value range representation FK8E for representing the full measurement value range QK 8E. For example, the measurement specification range RQ1T is equal to a portion of the full measurement range QK 8E.
The variable physical parameter QU1A is controlled by means of the sensing unit 334. The sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with the sensor specification FU11 associated with the measured value target range RN 1T. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes the sensor measurement range representation GW8R for representing the sensor measurement range RB8E, and the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing the sensor sensitivity YW 81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is the same as or different from the sensor sensitivity YQ81.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 is responsive to the sensing signal SM81 to obtain the measurement value VM81 in a specified measurement value format HQ81 on the condition that the triggering event EQ81 occurs. For example, the specified measurement value format HQ81 is characterized based on a specified number of bits UX 81. On condition that the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located, the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to generate the control signal SC81. The variable physical parameter QP1A is further characterized based on a nominal physical parameter range RC 1E. For example, the nominal physical parameter range RC1E is represented by a nominal measured value range RC1N and includes a plurality of different measured value reference ranges RM11, RM12, 8230, which are respectively represented by a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2, 8230.
The reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2 and 8230of the plurality of different physical parameters comprise the application range RC1EL of the physical parameters. The measurement application functional specification GBL8 includes the timer specification FT21, the sensor specification FQ11, a nominal physical parameter range representation GB8E for representing the nominal physical parameter range RC1E, and a physical parameter application range representation GB8L for representing the physical parameter application range RC1EL. The physical parameter target range RD1ET is represented by a physical parameter candidate range representation GA 8T. For example, the physical parameter candidate range represents that GA8T is preset.
The nominal measurement value range RC1N is preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on the nominal physical parameter range representation GB8E, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R and a data encoding operation ZR81 for converting the nominal physical parameter range representation GB1E, has a nominal range limit value pair DC1A and contains a plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, 8230, the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, 8230, respectively, being represented. For example, the nominal range limit value pair DC1A is preset with the specified measured value format HQ 81. The nominal measurement value range RC1N and the nominal range limit value pair DC1A are both preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on one of the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R and the sensor specification FQ 11.
In some embodiments, the plurality of different measurement reference ranges RM11, RM12, \8230includesthe measurement application range RM1L. The measurement value application range RM1L is represented by a measurement value application range code EH1L contained in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, 8230, and has an application range limit value pair DM1L; whereby the measurement value application range code EH1L is configured to indicate the physical parameter application range RC1EL. For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, \8230allare defaulted based on the measurement application function specification GBL 8.
The application range limit value pair DM1L contains an application range limit value DM15 of the measurement value application range RM1L and an application range limit value DM16 with respect to the application range limit value DM15, and is preset in the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on the physical parameter application range representation GB8L, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R, and a data encoding operation ZR82 for converting the physical parameter application range representation GB 8L. The measurement value application range RM1L is preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on the physical parameter application range representation GB8L, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R, and the data encoding operation ZR 82.
The measured value target range RN1T is preset based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R and a data encoding operation ZX83 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T, and is represented by the measured value target range code EM 1T. The control device 212 further includes a storage unit 250 coupled to the processing unit 230, and includes a trigger application unit 281 coupled to the processing unit 230. The storage unit 250 stores the default nominal range limit value pair DC1A and a variable physical parameter range code UM8A. For example, the measured value target range RN1T has a target range limit value pair DN1T.
In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter range code UM8A is equal to a particular measurement value range code EH14 selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, \8230whenthe trigger event EQ81 associated with the trigger application unit 281 occurs. For example, the specific measurement value range code EH14 indicates a specific physical parameter range RC1E4 previously determined by the processing unit 230 on the basis of a sensing operation ZM 81. The specific physical parameter range RC1E4 is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2, \ 8230. The sensing operation ZM81 performed by the sensing unit 260 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QP1A. The specific measurement value range code EH14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A before the occurrence of the triggering event EQ 81.
For example, before the triggering event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 obtains the specific measurement value range code EH14. On the condition that the processing unit 230 determines the specific physical parameter range RC1E4 based on the sensing operation ZM81 before the triggering event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 assigns the obtained specific measurement value range code EH14 to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A by using the storage unit 250. The specific measurement value range code EH14 represents a specific measurement value range configured to represent the specific physical parameter range RC1E 4. The specific measurement value range is preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on the sensor measurement range representation GQ 8R. For example, the sensing unit 260 performs a sensing signal generation dependent on the sensor sensitivity YQ81 by performing the sensing operation ZM81 to generate a sensing signal.
Before the occurrence of the trigger event EQ81, the processing unit 230 receives the sensing signal, obtains a specific measurement value in the specified measurement value format HQ81 in response to the sensing signal, and performs a specific checking operation for checking a mathematical relationship between the specific measurement value and the specific measurement value range. On the condition that the processing unit 230 determines that the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is located, is based on the specific checking operation, the processing unit 230 specifies the obtained specific measurement value range code EH14 to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A by using the storage unit 250. The processing unit 230 determines whether the processing unit 230 is to use the storage unit 250 to change the variable physical parameter range code UM8A in response to a particular sensing operation for sensing the variable physical parameter QP 1A. For example, the specific sensing operation is performed by the sensing unit 260.
In some embodiments, the trigger application unit 281 is configured to provide an operation request signal SX81 to the processing unit 230 in response to the trigger event EQ81, and thereby enable the processing unit 230 to receive the operation request signal SX81. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 obtains an operation reference data code XK81 from the storage unit 250 in response to the operation request signal SX81, and executes a data determination AE8A using the operation reference data code XK81 by running a data determination program NE8A to determine the measurement value application range code EH1L selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, 8230to select the measurement value application range RM1L from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, 8230.
The operation reference data code XK81 is identical to an allowable reference data code that is default based on the measurement application function specification GBL 8. The data determination procedure NE8A is constructed based on the measurement application function specification GBL 8. The data determination AE8A is one of a data determination operation AE81 and a data determination operation AE 82. On the condition that the operation reference data code XK81 is obtained to be identical to the specific measurement value range code EH14 by accessing the variable physical parameter range code UM8A stored in the storage unit 250, the data determination AE8A, which is the data determination operation AE81, determines the measurement value application range code EH1L based on the obtained specific measurement value range code EH14. For example, the determined measurement value application range code EH1L is the same as or different from the particular measurement value range code EH14 obtained.
Under the condition that the operation reference data code XK81 is obtained to be identical to the preset nominal range limit value pair DC1A by accessing the nominal range limit value pair DC1A stored in the storage unit 250, the data determination AE8A, which is the data determination operation AE82, selects the measurement value application range code EH1L to determine the measurement value application range code EH1L by performing a scientific calculation MF81 using the measurement value VM81 and the obtained nominal range limit value pair DC1A from among the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, 8230. For example, the scientific calculation MF81 is performed based on a specific empirical formula XP 81. The specific empirical formula XP81 is predefined based on the nominal range limit value pairs DC1A and the reference range codes EH11, EH12, \\8230forthe plurality of different measured values. For example, the specific empirical formula XP81 is pre-established based on the measurement application functional specification GBL 8.
The processing unit 230 obtains the application range limit value pair DM1L based on the determined measurement value application range code EH1L and checks the mathematical relationship KA81 based on a data comparison CA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L to make a logical decision PH81 whether the measurement value VM81 is within the selected measurement value application range RM 1L. In the affirmative condition of the logical decision PH81, the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located.
For example, on the condition that the application range limit DM15 is different from the application range limit DM16 and the measured value VM81 is between the application range limit DM15 and the application range limit DM16, the processing unit 230 makes the logical decision PH81 positive by comparing the measured value VM81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DM 1L. On condition that the application range limit value DM15, the application range limit value DM16 and the measured value VM81 are equal, the processing unit 230 makes the logical decision PH81 positive by comparing the measured value VM81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DM 1L.
In some embodiments, the control device 212 has the variable physical parameter QP1A. Said variable physical parameter QU1A is present in said functional device 130. The trigger event EQ81 is one of a trigger event, a user input event, a signal input event, a state change event, an identification medium occurrence event, and an integer overflow event, and is applied to the measurement application FB81. The receiving unit 337 receives a control signal SC80 from the transmitting unit 240 before the triggering event EQ81, which is the triggering event, occurs. The processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY80 for controlling the output assembly 338 in response to the received control signal SC80. The output component 338 generates a control signal SG80 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A in response to the signal generation control GY80. The physical parameter applying unit 335 receives the operation signal SG80 from the output component 338 and performs the specific function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A in response to the received operation signal SG80. On condition that the triggering event EQ81, being the triggering event, is to occur, the function device 130 is configured to perform the specific function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU 1A. For example, the special function operation ZH81 is used to cause the trigger event to occur.
The measurement application function FB81 is associated with a memory unit 25Y1. The measurement value specification range RQ1T is represented by the measurement value specification range code EL 1T; whereby the measurement value specifying range code EL1T is configured to indicate the clock time specifying interval HR1ET. For example, the measurement value specification range code EL1T is defaulted based on the measurement application function specification GBL 8. The preset measurement value application range code EH1L and the preset measurement value specification range code EL1T have a mathematical relationship KY81 therebetween.
The memory unit 25Y1 has a memory location PM8L and a memory location PV8L different from the memory location PM8L, stores the application range limit value pair DM1L in the memory location PM8L, and stores a control data code CK8T in the memory location PV 8L. For example, the memory locations PM8L and PV8L are both identified based on the predetermined measurement application range code EH 1L. The control data code CK8T contains the measurement value specifying range code EL1T. For example, the application range limit value pair DM1L and the control data code CK8T are both stored by the memory unit 25Y1 based on the preset measurement value application range code EH 1L. The control data code CK8T further includes the measurement value target range code EM1T.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 performs a data acquisition AF8A using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L by running a data acquisition process NF8A to obtain the application range limit value pair DM1L. For example, the data acquisition AF8A is one of a data acquisition operation AF81 and a data acquisition operation AF 82. The data acquisition program NF8A is constructed based on the measurement application function specification GBL 8. The data acquisition operation AF81 uses the memory unit 25Y1 to access the application range limit value pair DM1L stored in the memory location PM8L to obtain the application range limit value pair DM1L based on the determined measurement value application range code EH 1L.
The data acquisition operation AF82 obtains the preset nominal range limit value pair DC1A by reading the nominal range limit value pair DC1A stored in the storage unit 250, and obtains the applied range limit value pair DM1L by performing a scientific calculation MG81 using the determined measurement value applied range code EH1L and the obtained nominal range limit value pair DC 1A. For example, the nominal range limit value pair DC1A contains a nominal range limit value DC11 of the nominal measured value range RC1N and a nominal range limit value DC12 relative to the nominal range limit value DC11 and is preset with the specified measured value format HQ81 on the basis of the nominal physical parameter range representation GB8E, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R and the data encoding operation ZR 81.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 performs a data acquisition AG8A using the determined measurement application range code EH1L to obtain a control application code UA8T on condition that the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in. For example, the data acquisition AG8A is one of a data acquisition operation AG81 and a data acquisition operation AG 82.
The data obtaining operation AG81 uses the memory unit 25Y1 to access the control data code CK8T stored in the memory location PV8L based on the determined measurement application range code EH1L to obtain the control application code UA8T equal to the control data code CK 8T. The data acquisition operation AG82 obtains the control application code UA8T equal to the preset measurement value specified range code EL1T by performing a scientific calculation MQ81 using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L and the mathematical relationship KY 81.
The processing unit 230 executes a signal generation control GS81 for the measurement application function FB81 within an operating time TD81 based on the obtained control application code UA8T to control the transmission unit 240. The transmission unit 240 is responsive to the signal generation control GS81 to perform a signal generation operation BS81 for the measurement application function FB81 to generate the control signal SC81. For example, the control signal SC81 serves to indicate at least one of the measurement-value designated range RQ1T and the clock-time designated interval HR1ET by delivering the measurement-value designated range code EL1T and to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be within the physical-parameter target range RD1ET within the clock-time designated interval HR 1ET. For example, the control signal SC81 conveys the control information CG81. The processing unit 230 causes the transmitting unit 240 to generate the control information CG81 based on the obtained control application code UA8T.
In some embodiments, the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2, \ 8230, further comprises a physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 different from the physical parameter application range RC1 EL. The plurality of different measured value reference ranges RM11, RM12, \8230, has a total reference range number NS81, and further includes a measured value candidate range RM12 representing the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2. The measurement application function specification GBL8 further includes a physical parameter candidate range representation GB82 for representing the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2.
The measurement value candidate range RM12 is represented by a measurement value candidate range code EH12 different from the measurement value application range code EH1L, has a candidate range limit value pair DM1B, and is configured to represent the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2; whereby the measurement value candidate range code EH12 is configured to indicate the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2. For example, the candidate range limit value pair DM1B is preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GB82, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R, and a data encoding operation ZR83 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representation GB82.
The measured value candidate range RM12 is preset with the specified measured value format HQ81 based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GB82, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R, and the data encoding operation ZR 83. The total reference range number NS81 is defaulted based on the measurement application functional specification GBL 8. The processing unit 230 obtains the total reference range number NS81 in response to the trigger event EQ 81. The scientific calculation MF81 further uses the obtained total reference range number NS81. The scientific calculation MG81 further uses the obtained total reference range number NS81. For example, the total reference range number NS81 is greater than or equal to 2. For example, the total reference range number NS81 ≧ 3; the number of the total reference ranges NS81 is larger than or equal to 4; the number of the total reference ranges NS81 is larger than or equal to 5; the number of the total reference ranges NS81 is larger than or equal to 6; and the total reference range number NS81 ≦ 255.
In some embodiments, the clock time specified interval HR1ET is adjacent to the clock time application interval HR1EU and has the start limit time HR1ET1 and the end limit time HR1ET2 relative to the start limit time HR1ET 1. The function device 130 receives the control signal SC81, obtains the measured value specified range code EL1T and the measured value target range code EM1T from the received control signal SC81, starts the timer 342 based on the obtained measured value specified range code EL1T, and thereby causes the timer 342 to measure the clock time TH1A in accordance with the start limit time HR1ET 1.
The functional means 130 cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET within the clock time specified interval HR1ET based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. For example, the control signal SC81 conveys a control information CG81 determined on the basis of the control application code UA 8T. The control information CG81 includes the measurement value specifying range code EL1T and the measurement value target range code EM1T. For example, the control information CG81 includes the specified range limit value pair DQ1T, the target range limit value pair DN1T, and the handle CC1T.
The measured value range of application RM1L is a first part of the nominal measured value range RC 1N. The measured value candidate range RM12 is a second part of the nominal measured value range RC 1N. The physical parameter application range RC1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 are separated or adjacent. The measurement value application range RM1L and the measurement value candidate range RM12 are separated on the condition that the physical parameter application range RC1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 are separated. On the condition that the physical parameter application range RC1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 are adjacent, the measurement value application range RM1L and the measurement value candidate range RM12 are adjacent.
For example, the measurement value application range code EH1L is configured to be equal to an integer. The nominal range limit value DC12 is greater than the nominal range limit value DC11. Between the setpoint range limit value DC12 and the setpoint range limit value DC11 there is a relative value VC11 relative to the setpoint range limit value DC11. The relative value VC11 is equal to a calculation of the nominal range limit value DC12 minus the nominal range limit value DC11. For example, the application range limit value pair DM1L is preset based on a ratio of the nominal range limit value DC11, the nominal range limit value DC12, the integer, and the relative value VC11 to the total reference range number NS 11. The scientific calculation MG81 uses one of the rated range limit value DC11, the rated range limit value DC12, the integer, the ratio, and any combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 determines the measurement value candidate range code EH12 selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, \8230byperforming a fourth scientific calculation MF12 using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L to select the measurement value candidate range RM12 from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, \8230, on the condition that the logic determines PH81 is negative.
The processing unit 230 obtains the candidate range-limit value pair DM1B based on the determined measurement value candidate range code EH12 and checks a mathematical relationship KA91 between the measurement value VM81 and the selected measurement value candidate range RM12 based on a data comparison CA91 between the measurement value VM81 and the obtained candidate range-limit value pair DM1B to make a logical decision PH91 whether the measurement value VM81 is within the selected measurement value candidate range RM 12. In the condition that the logical decision PH91 is affirmative, the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in.
On condition that the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2, in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located, the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to perform a signal generation operation BS91 for the measurement application function FB81 to generate a control signal SC82 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU 1A. The control signal SC82 is different from the control signal SC81 and functions to indicate the clock time reference interval HR1E 2.
On the condition that the specific measurement value range code EH14 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EH1L and the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL, in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located, by making the logical decision PH81, the processing unit 230 uses the storage unit 250 to assign the determined measurement value application range code EH1L to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A based on a code difference DA81 between the variable physical parameter range code UM8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EH14 and the determined measurement value application range code EH 1L. On the condition that the triggering event EQ81 is the state change event for which the variable physical parameter QP1A enters the physical parameter application range RC1EL from the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, the processing unit 230 determines the triggering event EQ81 that is the state change event based on the code difference DA 81.
In some embodiments, the operation unit 297 further includes a response area AC1, a reader 220, and a receiving unit 270. The response area AC1 is used to execute the measurement application function FB81. The reader 220 is coupled to the response area AC1. The receiving unit 270 is coupled to the processing unit 230 and controlled by the processing unit 230. On the condition that the triggering event EQ81 is the identification medium occurrence event and the processing unit 230 recognizes an identification medium 310 occurring in the response area AC1 through the reader 220, the processing unit 230 obtains the measurement value VM81 based on the sensing signal SM 81. For example, the triggering event EQ81 is the occurrence of an event on the identification medium associated with the identification medium 310 and the reader 220.
When the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the display unit 460 displays a status indication LA81. For example, the status indication LA81 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QP1A is configured in a specific status XH81 within the specific physical parameter range RC1E 4. On the condition that the particular measurement value range code EH14 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EH1L and the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL at which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located by making the logical decision PH81, the processing unit 230 further causes the display unit 460 to change the status indication LA81 to a status indication LA82 based on the code difference DA 81. For example, the status indication LA82 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QP1A is configured in a specific status XH82 within the physical parameter application range RC1 EL.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 is responsive to the control response signal SE81 to perform a specific actual operation BJ81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A on condition that the receiving unit 270 receives a control response signal SE81 generated in response to the control signal SC81 from the functional device 130 within a specified time TW81 after the operation time TD 81. For example, the processing unit 230 obtains the supplied measured value VN82 from the control response signal SE81 and causes the display unit 460 to display a measurement information LZ82 relating to the obtained measured value VN82 based on the obtained measured value VN 82. For example, the specific actual operation BJ81 is a display control operation using the obtained measurement value VN 82. The processing unit 230 causes the display unit 460 to display the measurement information LZ82 by performing the display control operation.
For example, the control response signal SE81 delivers the measured value VN82 and the positive operation report RL81. The processing unit 230 obtains the delivered measured value VN82 and the delivered positive operation report RL81 from the control response signal SE 81. The specific actual operation BJ81 uses at least one of the obtained measurement value VN82 and the obtained affirmative operation report RL81 to cause the display unit 460 to display an operation information related to at least one of the obtained measurement value VN82 and the obtained affirmative operation report RL81.
After the operation time TD81, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate a sensing signal SM82. For example, after the operation time TD81, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to perform a sensing signal generation HE82 depending on the sensor sensitivity YQ81, and the sensing signal generation HE82 is used to generate the sensing signal SM82.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 is responsive to the sensing signal SM82 to obtain a measurement value VM82 in the specified measurement value format HQ81 within a specified time TE82 after the operating time TD 81. The processing unit 230 obtains a specific measurement value range code EH17 included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, \\ 8230within the specified time TE82 by performing a scientific calculation MF83 using the determined measurement value application range code EH 1L. For example, the specific measurement value range code EH17 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EH1L and represents a specific measurement value range RM17 included in the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, \8230.
The specific measurement value range RM17 represents a specific physical parameter range RC1E7 included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2, \8230. The processing unit 230 executes a checking operation BA83 for checking a mathematical relationship KA83 between the measurement value VM82 and the specific measurement value range RM17 on the basis of the specific measurement value range code EH 17.
In some embodiments, on condition that the processing unit 230 determines, within the specified time TE82, based on the checking operation BA83, that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the specific physical parameter range RC1E7, the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to generate a control signal SC83 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A and uses the storage unit 250 to assign the specific measurement value range code EH17 to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A. For example, the control signal SC83 is different from the control signal SC81 and functions to indicate a particular clock interval HR1E7. The plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, \8230includesthe particular clock time interval HR1E7.
On the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A in a constraint condition FP81 to provide the sensing signal SM81 to the processing unit 230. For example, the constraint condition FP81 is that the variable physical parameter QP1A is equal to a specific physical parameter QP15 included in the nominal physical parameter range RC 1E. The processing unit 230 estimates the specific physical parameter QP15 based on the sensing signal SM81 to obtain the measurement value VM81. Since the variable physical parameter QP1A in the constraint condition FP81 is within the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the processing unit 230 identifies the measurement value VM81 as an allowable value within the measurement value application range RM1L, thereby identifying the mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L as a value intersection relationship, and thereby determining the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 is responsive to a triggering event EQ8H to cause the transmitting unit 240 to transmit the control signal SC8H to the receiving unit 337. For example, the triggering event EQ8H is associated with the control device 212. The control signal SC8H delivers a control information CJ8H. On condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the physical parameter target state JE1U within the clock time application interval HR1EU by checking the mathematical relationship KQ81, the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC8H from the transmitting unit 240. The processing unit 331 obtains the control information CJ8H from the control signal SC8H. The processing unit 331 uses the sense signal SN8H to obtain the measurement value VN8H in the specified measurement value format HH81 in response to the control information CJ8H, and uses the sense signal SY8H to obtain the measurement value NY8H in the specified measurement value format HH95 in response to the control information CJ8H.
The processing unit 331 causes the transmitting unit 384 to transmit the control response signal SE8H to the receiving unit 270 based on the obtained measured value VN8H and the obtained measured value NY8H. The receiving unit 270 receives the control response signal SE8H from the transmitting unit 384. The control response signal SE8H delivers the measured value VN8H and the measured value NY8H and is used by the control means 212 to carry out a specific actual operation in relation to at least one of the variable physical parameter QU1A and the clock time TH 1A. For example, the processing unit 230 obtains the measured value VN8A and the measured value NY8H from the received control response signal SE8H, causes the display unit 460 to display the measurement information LZ8H relating to the variable physical parameter QU1A based on the obtained measured value VN8H, and causes the display unit 460 to display the measurement information LX8H relating to the clock time TH1A based on the obtained measured value NY8H. For example, the processing unit 230 performs the specific actual operation using the obtained measurement value VN8H and the obtained measurement value NY8H to cause the display unit 460 to perform a display operation. And the display operation displays the measurement information LZ8H and the measurement information LX8H.
For example, the operation unit 297 includes a trigger application unit 28H coupled to the processing unit 230. The trigger event EQ8H is associated with the trigger application unit 28H and is one of a trigger action event, a user input event, a signal input event, a state change event, and an identified media occurrence event. The trigger application unit 28H provides an operation request signal SX8H to the processing unit 230 in response to the trigger event EQ8H, and thereby causes the processing unit 230 to receive the operation request signal SX8H. The processing unit 230 obtains the control information CJ8H in response to the operation request signal SX8H, and causes the transmission unit 240 to transmit the control signal SC8H transferring the control information CJ8H to the function device 130 based on the obtained control information CJ 8H. For example, the trigger applying unit 28H is one of the reader 220 and the sensing unit 260.
In some embodiments, the sensing unit 260 is characterized based on the sensor sensitivity YQ81 associated with the sensing signal generation HE81 and is configured to conform to the sensor specification FQ11. The sensor specification FQ11 includes the sensor sensitivity representation GQ81 for representing the sensor sensitivity YQ81, and the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R for representing the sensor measurement range RA 8E. For example, the nominal physical parameter range RC1E is configured to be the same as the sensor measurement range RA8E or is configured to be a portion of the sensor measurement range RA 8E. The sensor measurement range RA8E is related to a physical parameter sensing performed by the first sensing unit 260. The sensor measurement range representation GQ8R is provided based on a first default unit of measurement. For example, the first default unit of measure is one of a metric unit of measure and an english unit of measure.
The nominal measurement value range RC1N, the nominal range limit value pair DC1A, the measurement value application range RM1L, the application range limit value pair DM1L, the measurement value candidate range RM12, the candidate range limit value pair DM1B, and the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, \8230arepreset with the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on one of the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R and the sensor specification FQ 11. For example, the nominal measurement value range RC1N and the nominal range limit value pair DC1A are preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81 on the basis of the nominal physical parameter range representation GB8E, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R, the sensor sensitivity representation GQ81 and the data coding operation ZR 81. The measurement value application range RM1L and the application range limit value pair DM1L are both preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on the physical parameter application range representation GB8L, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R, the sensor sensitivity representation GQ81, and the data encoding operation ZR 82.
The measurement value candidate range RM12 and the candidate range limit value pair DM1B are both preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GB82, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R, the sensor sensitivity representation GQ81, and the data encoding operation ZR 83. The nominal physical parameter range representation GB8E, the physical parameter application range representation GB8L, the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T and the physical parameter candidate range representation GB82 are all provided based on a second default unit of measure. For example, the second default unit of measure is one of a metric unit of measure and an english unit of measure, and is the same as or different from the first default unit of measure. For example, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is configured to be a portion of the sensor measurement range RB 8E.
The variable physical parameter QP1A is further characterized based on the sensor measurement range RA 8E. For example, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R, the nominal physical parameter range representation GB8E, the physical parameter application range representation GB8L, the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T, the physical parameter candidate range representation GB82, and the sensor measurement range representation GW8R all belong to the decimal data type. The measured value VM81, the measured value VM82, the nominal range limit value pair DC1A, the application range limit value pair DM1L, the target range limit value pair DN1T and the candidate range limit value pair DM1B all belong to the binary data type and are all suitable for computer processing. The sensor specification FQ11, the sensor specification FU11, and the measurement application functional specification GBL8 are all defaulted.
In some embodiments, the memory location PM8L is identified based on a memory address FM 8L. The memory address FM8L is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code EH 1L. The memory location PV8L is identified based on a memory address FV 8L. The memory address FV8L is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code EH 1L.
Before the occurrence of the trigger event EQ81, the processing unit 230 is configured to obtain the default measurement value application range code EH1L, the preset application range limit value pair DM1L and the default control data code CK8T, obtain the memory address FM8L based on the obtained measurement value application range code EH1L, and cause the operation unit 297 to provide a write request information WB8L including the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L and the obtained memory address FM8L based on the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L and the obtained memory address FM 8L. For example, the write request information WB8L is used to cause the memory unit 25Y1 to store the application range limit value pair DM1L conveyed in the memory location PM 8L.
Before the occurrence of the trigger event EQ81, the processing unit 230 applies the scope code EH1L to obtain the memory address FV8L based on the obtained measurement value, and causes the operation unit 297 to provide a write request message WA8L including the obtained control data code CK8T and the obtained memory address FV8L based on the obtained control data code CK8T and the obtained memory address FV 8L. For example, the write request information WA8L is used to cause the memory unit 25Y1 to store the control data code CK8T conveyed in the memory location PV 8L.
The control device 212 is coupled to a server 280. The marking medium 310 is one of an electronic label 350, a bar code medium 360, and a biomarker acting medium 370. One of the electronic tag 350, the storage unit 250, and the server 280 includes the memory unit 25Y1. For example, the storage unit 250 has a storage space SS11. The storage space SS11 has the variable physical parameter range code UM8A, the nominal range limit value pairs DC1A and the total reference range number NS81.
In some embodiments, the nominal physical parameter range RC1E includes a specific physical parameter QP15 and is represented by the nominal measurement value range RC 1N. The sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A at the constraint condition FP81 to provide the sensing signal SM81 to the processing unit 230. For example, the constraint condition FP81 is that the variable physical parameter QP1A is equal to the particular physical parameter QP15. On condition that the triggering event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 estimates the specific physical parameter QP15 based on the sensing signal SM81 to obtain the measurement value VM81.
For example, the identification medium 310 records the application range limit value pair DM1L and the control data code CK8T. For example, the reader 220 is the trigger application unit 281, which provides the operation request signal SX81 to the processing unit 230 in response to the trigger event EQ81 associated with the identification medium 310, and thereby causes the processing unit 230 to receive the operation request signal SX81. The processing unit 230 is responsive to the operation request signal SX81 to cause the reader 220 to read the recorded application range limit value pairs DM1L and the recorded control data codes CK8T and thereby obtain the recorded application range limit value pairs DM1L and the recorded control data codes CK8T from the marking medium 310 via the reader 220.
Please refer to fig. 51. Fig. 51 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9060 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 51, the implementation structure 9060 includes the control device 212, the function device 130, and the server 280. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280. The control means 212 are intended to control the variable physical parameter QU1A present in the functional means 130 in dependence of the triggering event EQ81 and comprise the operating unit 297 and the sensing unit 260. The operation unit 297 includes the processing unit 230, the receiving unit 270, and the transmitting unit 240. The processing unit 230 is coupled to the server 280.
The control device 212 is disposed in the application environment EX 81. The variable physical parameter QP1A exists in a physical parameter formation area AT11. One of the control device 212 and the application environment EX81 has the variable physical parameter QP1A. For example, the sensing unit 260 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AT11 having the variable physical parameter QP1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is present in the physical parameter formation area AU 11. For example, the physical parameter formation area AT11 is adjacent to the control device 212 under the condition that the physical parameter formation area AT11 is located in the application environment EX 81. For example, the sensing unit 260 includes the physical parameter formation area AT11.
For example, the physical parameter formation area AU11 and the physical parameter formation area AT11 are separate and formed AT the actual position LD81 and the actual position LC81, respectively; thereby, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QP1A are formed at the actual position LD81 and the actual position LC81 different from the actual position LD81, respectively. For example, the physical parameter formation area AT11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area, and an environmental area. For example, the physical parameter formation area AU11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area, and an environmental area.
For example, the processing unit 230 is responsive to the triggering event EQ81 to cause the variable physical parameter QP1A to be formed in the physical parameter formation area AT 11. On the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A exists in the physical parameter formation area AT11, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sense signal SM81. For example, the physical parameter formation area AT11 is a user interface area.
In some embodiments, the functional device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334 coupled to the operation unit 397, and a physical parameter application unit 335 coupled to the operation unit 397. The physical parameter application unit 335 is controlled by the operation unit 397 and includes the physical parameter formation area AU11 having the variable physical parameter QU 1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a nominal physical parameter range RD1E including the physical parameter target range RD1 ET. The nominal physical parameter range RD1E is represented by a nominal measurement value range RD1N and includes a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, \ 8230, and a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \ 8230, respectively. The plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \ 8230comprises the physical parameter target range RD1ET and a physical parameter candidate range RD1E2.
The nominal measurement value range RD1N contains the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, \8230, and is preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81 on the basis of the nominal physical parameter range representation GB8E, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R and the data encoding operation ZR81 for converting the nominal physical parameter range representation GB 8E. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, \8230comprisesthe measurement value target range RN1T and a measurement value candidate range RN12 representing the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The measurement value candidate range RN12 is represented by a measurement value candidate range code EM12 and has a candidate range limit value pair DN1B, whereby the measurement value candidate range code EM12 is configured to indicate the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. Before the triggering event EQ81 occurs, the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within a specific physical parameter range RD1E 4. The specific physical parameter range RD1E4 is included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \8230.
In some embodiments, the triggering event caused by the functional device 130 is a state change event. The control device 212 further includes a state change detector 475 coupled to the processing unit 230. For example, the state change detector 475 is one of a limit detector and an edge detector. The limit detector is a limit switch 485. The status change detector 475 is configured to detect that a characteristic physical parameter associated with a default characteristic physical parameter UL81 reaches ZL82. The physical parameter application unit 335 includes a physical parameter application area AJ11. The physical parameter application area AJ11 has a variable physical parameter QG1A. The variable physical parameter QG1A is dependent on the variable physical parameter QU1A and is characterized based on the default characteristic physical parameter UL 81. For example, the physical parameter application area AJ11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area, and an environmental area. The default characteristic physical parameter UL81 is related to the variable physical parameter QU1A.
The operation unit 397 causes the physical parameter application unit 335 to perform the specific function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A before the trigger event EQ81 occurs. The special function operation ZH81 is used to control the variable physical parameter QG1A and cause the trigger event EQ81 to occur by changing the variable physical parameter QG 1A. The variable physical parameter QG1A is configured to be in a variable physical state XA8A. For example, the operation unit 397 is controlled by the control device 212 to cause the physical parameter application unit 335 to perform the specific function operation ZH81. For example, the nominal measurement value range RD1N has a nominal range limit value pair DD1A.
On the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the specific physical parameter range RD1E4 before the triggering event EQ81, the specific function operation ZH81 causes the variable physical parameter QG1A to reach the default characteristic physical parameter UL81 to form the characteristic physical parameter reach ZL82, and changes the variable physical state XA8A from a non-characteristic physical parameter reach state XA81 to an actual characteristic physical parameter reach state XA82 by forming the characteristic physical parameter reach ZL 82. The state change detector 475 generates a trigger signal SX8A in response to the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL 82. For example, the actual characteristic physical parameter arrival status XA82 is characterized based on the default characteristic physical parameter UL 81. The state change detector 475 generates the trigger signal SX8A in response to a state change event in which the variable physical parameter QG1A is changed from the non-characteristic physical parameter arrival state XA81 to the actual characteristic physical parameter arrival state XA82.
In some embodiments, the receiving unit 270 is coupled to the state change detector 475. The trigger event EQ81 is the state change event of the variable physical parameter QG1A entering the actual characteristic physical parameter to state XA 82. One of the receiving unit 270 and the processing unit 230 receives the trigger signal SX8A. The processing unit 230 derives the control application code UA8T in response to the received trigger signal SX8A and executes the signal generation control GS81 for the measurement application function FB81 within the operating time TD81 based on the derived control application code UA8T to cause the transmission unit 240 to generate the control signal SC81. For example, the state change detector 475 is a trigger application and provides the trigger signal SX8A to the processing unit 230 in response to the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82. The trigger signal SX8A is an operation request signal.
For example, in the condition that the state change detector 475 is the limit switch, the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82 is reached at an extreme position of the variable physical parameter QG1A which is equal to a variable spatial position to the default characteristic physical parameter UL81 which is equal to a default extreme position. For example, the physical parameter applying unit 335 forms the variable physical parameter QG1A in the physical parameter application area AJ11 by performing the specific function operation ZH81 caused based on the variable physical parameter QU 1A. Under the condition that the physical parameter application area AJ11 is coupled to the state change detector 475, the state change detector 475 detects that the characteristic physical parameter reaches ZL82.
For example, the processing unit 230 uses the sense signal SM81 to obtain the measured value VM81 in response to the received trigger signal SX 8A. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located by checking the mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L, the processing unit 230 performs the data acquisition AG8A using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L to obtain the control application code UA8T, and causes the transmitting unit 240 to generate or transmit the control signal SC81 based on the obtained control application code UA 8T. The control signal SC81 functions to indicate at least one of the measurement value specified range RQ1T and the clock time specified interval HR1 ET.
In some embodiments, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM81. For example, on the condition that the triggering event EQ81 occurs, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM81. After the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to generate the control signal SC81 within the operation time TD81 by executing the signal generation control GS81, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM82. For example, the sensing unit 260 is one of a time sensing unit, an electrical parameter sensing unit, a mechanical parameter sensing unit, an optical parameter sensing unit, a temperature sensing unit, a humidity sensing unit, a motion sensing unit, and a magnetic parameter sensing unit.
For example, the sensing unit 260 includes a sensing element 261 coupled to the processing unit 230, and uses the sensing element 261 to generate the sensing signal SM81 and the sensing signal SM82. The sensing component 261 is one of a plurality of application sensors. The plurality of application sensors include a voltage sensor, a current sensor, a resistance sensor, a capacitance sensor, an inductance sensor, an accelerometer, a gyroscope, a pressure transducer, a strain gauge, a timer, a photodetector, a temperature sensor, and a humidity sensor. For example, the sensing element 261 generates a sensing signal component. The first sense signal SM81 contains the sense signal component.
Please refer to fig. 52, which is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9061 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 52, the implementation structure 9061 includes the control device 212, the function device 130, and the server 280. The control device 212 is one of a computing device, a communication device, a user device, a mobile device, a remote control, an electronic device, a portable device, a desktop device, a relative fixture, a smart phone, and any combination thereof. The electronic tag 350 is one of a passive electronic tag, an active electronic tag, a semi-active electronic tag, a wireless electronic tag, and a wired electronic tag. For example, the control device 212 transmits the control signal SC81 to the function device 130 via an actual link between the transmission unit 240 and the operation unit 397. The physical link is one of a wired link and a wireless link.
In some embodiments, the control signal SC81 is one of the electrical signal SP81 and the optical signal SQ81. The transmission unit 240 includes a transmission module 450, a transmission module 452, and a transmission module 455. The transmission assembly 450 is coupled to the processing unit 230 and is configured to output the electrical signal SP81 if the control signal SC81 is the electrical signal SP81. When the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the display unit 460 displays the status indication LA81. On the condition that the specific measurement value range code EH14 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EH1L and that the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL, in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located, by making the logical decision PH81, the processing unit 230 causes the display unit 460 to change the status indication LA81 to the status indication LA82 based on the code difference DA 81. For example, the transport module 450, the transport module 452, and the transport module 455 are each a three-output module.
The display unit 460 is coupled to the processing unit 230 and is configured to display a measurement information LY81 related to the measurement value VM 81. The processing unit 230 obtains the supplied measured value VN82 from the control response signal SE81 and causes the display unit 460 to display the measurement information LZ82 relating to the obtained measured value VN82 in accordance with the obtained measured value VN 82. Under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81, the transmission component 452 is configured to output the optical signal SQ81. The transmission component 455 is coupled to the processing unit 230. For example, the processing unit 230 is configured to cause the transmission component 455 to transmit a physical parameter signal SB81 to the functional device 130. The variable physical parameter QU1A is formed on the basis of the physical parameter signal SB81. For example, the electric signal SP81 is a radio signal. The optical signal SQ81 is an infrared signal.
In some embodiments, the control device 212 is coupled to the server 280, and further includes a physical parameter forming unit 290 coupled to the sensing unit 260. For example, the physical parameter forming unit 290 generates the variable physical parameter QP1A on the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is to be generated by the physical parameter forming unit 290. The operation unit 297 further includes an input unit 440. The input unit 440 is coupled to the processing unit 230 and controlled by the processing unit 230. For example, one of the input unit 440 and the display unit 460 includes a user interface area AP11.
The receiving unit 270 is coupled to the processing unit 230, and is configured to receive the control response signal SE81, and includes a receiving element 2701 and a receiving element 2702. Both the receiving component 2701 and the receiving component 2702 are coupled to the processing unit 230. The control response signal SE81 is one of an electric signal LP81 and an optical signal LQ81. The receiving component 2701 is configured to receive the electrical signal LP81 under the condition that the control response signal SE81 is the electrical signal LP81. For example, the receiving component 2702 is a reader. The receiving component 2702 is configured to receive the optical signal LQ81 under the condition that the control response signal SE81 is the optical signal LQ81.
For example, one of the electronic tag 350, the storage unit 250, and the server 280 includes the memory unit 25Y1. For example, the electrical signal LP81 is a radio signal. The optical signal LQ81 is an infrared signal. The receiving component 2701 and the receiving component 2702 are two-input components, respectively. For example, if the control device 212 is the remote controller, the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81. In a condition that the control device 212 is the remote controller, the control response signal SE81 is the light signal LQ81. For example, the triggering event EQ81 is a user input event of the sensing unit 260 receiving a user input operation BU 83. The sensing unit 260 responds to the user input operation BU83 to enable the processing unit 230 to receive the sensing signal SM81. The processing unit 230 obtains the measurement value VM81 in response to the sensing signal SM81.
One of the application environment EX81, the sensing unit 260, the input unit 440, the display unit 460, and the physical parameter formation unit 290 has the physical parameter formation area AT11. The processing unit 230 causes the physical parameter formation area AT11 to have the variable physical parameter QP1A by executing a specific function operation BH82 for the measurement application function FB81, and thereby causes the sensing unit 260 to sense the variable physical parameter QP1A in the constrained condition FP 81. One of the electronic tag 350, the storage unit 250, and the server 280 includes the memory unit 25Y1. The sensing unit 260, the storage unit 250, the input unit 440, the transmission module 450, the transmission module 455, the display unit 460, the receiving module 2701, the receiving module 2702, and the physical parameter forming unit 290 are all controlled by the processing unit 230. For example, one of the sensing unit 260, the input unit 440, and the display unit 460 includes the physical parameter formation area AT11.
The variable physical parameter QP1A is one of a fourth variable electrical parameter, a fourth variable mechanical parameter, a fourth variable optical parameter, a fourth variable temperature, a fourth variable voltage, a fourth variable current, a fourth variable electrical power, a fourth variable resistor, a fourth variable capacitor, a fourth variable inductor, a fourth variable frequency, a fourth clock time, a fourth variable time length, a fourth variable brightness, a fourth variable light intensity, a fourth variable volume, a fourth variable data flow, a fourth variable amplitude, a fourth variable spatial position, a fourth variable displacement, a fourth variable sequential position, a fourth variable angle, a fourth variable spatial length, a fourth variable distance, a fourth variable translational velocity, a fourth variable angular velocity, a fourth variable acceleration, a fourth variable force, a fourth variable mechanical power.
In some embodiments, the physical parameter application range RC1EL is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the specific physical parameter range RC1E4 is the other of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range. The relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high voltage range and a relatively low voltage range, respectively, on a condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable voltage. The relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high current range and a relatively low current range, respectively, on the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the second variable current. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable resistance, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high resistance range and a relatively low resistance range, respectively.
On a condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable spatial position, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high position range and a relatively low position range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable pressure, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high pressure range and a relatively low pressure range, respectively. On the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable length, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high length range and a relatively low length range, respectively. On the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable angular velocity, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high angular velocity range and a relatively low angular velocity range, respectively.
For example, the physical parameter application range RC1EL is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 is the other of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range. For example, the physical parameter application range RC1EL is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the specific physical parameter range RC1E7 is the other of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range. For example, the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E3 is the other of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range.
In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QP1A is in a first reference state under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is within the physical parameter application range RC1 EL. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is within the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, the variable physical parameter QP1A is at a second reference state. The variable physical parameter QP1A is in a third reference state on the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is within the physical parameter candidate range RC1E 2. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is within the specific physical parameter range RC1E7, the variable physical parameter QP1A is at a fourth reference state. The first reference state is the same as or different from the second reference state. The second reference state is different from the third reference state. The first reference state is different from the fourth reference state.
For example, the measurement value application range code EH1L is a measurement value reference range number. The measurement value application range RM1L is arranged in the nominal measurement value range RC1N on the basis of the measurement value application range code EH 1L. The measurement value candidate range code EH12 is a measurement value reference range number. The measured value candidate range RM12 is arranged in the nominal measured value range RC1N on the basis of the measured value candidate range code EH 12. The measurement value designation range code EL1T is a measurement value reference range number. The measured value specification range RQ1T is arranged in the nominal measured value range HR1N on the basis of the measured value specification range code EL 1T. The measured value target range code EM1T is a measured value reference range number. The measurement value target range RN1T is arranged in the nominal measurement value range RD1N on the basis of the measurement value target range code EM 1T.
For example, the variable physical parameter QP1A is the second variable voltage. The physical parameter application range RC1EL, the specific physical parameter range RC1E4 and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are a first voltage reference range, a second voltage reference range and a third voltage reference range, respectively. For example, on the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the second variable displacement, the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are a first displacement reference range, a second displacement reference range, and a third displacement reference range, respectively. For example, on the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the second clock time, the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are a first clock time reference range, a second clock time reference range, and a third clock time reference range, respectively.
For example, the operation unit 297 includes a communication interface unit 246 coupled to the processing unit 230. The processing unit 230 is coupled to the network 410 through the communication interface unit 246. For example, the communication interface unit 246 is controlled by the processing unit 230 and includes the transmitting component 450 coupled to the processing unit 230 and the receiving component 2701 coupled to the processing unit 230. The processing unit 230 is coupled to the server 280 through the communication interface unit 246 and the network 410, and causes the communication interface unit 246 to transmit any one of the control signal SC81, the control signal SC82, the control signal SC83, the control signal SC88, and the control signal SC97 to the communication interface unit 386 through the network 410 by wire or wirelessly. For example, the communication interface unit 246 is linked to the communication interface unit 386 through the actual link.
In some embodiments, the control signal SC81 and the control response signal SE81 are two radio signals, respectively, on condition that the control device 212 is the mobile device. If the control device 212 is the remote controller, the control signal SC81 and the control response signal SE81 are two optical signals, respectively. The communication interface unit 246 is configured to communicate with the communication interface unit 386 wired or wirelessly. The processing unit 331 is coupled to the server 280 through the communication interface unit 386 and the network 410, and causes the communication interface unit 386 to transmit the control response signal SE81 to the communication interface unit 246 through the network 410 by wire or wirelessly.
For example, the physical link is one of a wired link and a wireless link. The communication interface unit 246 is one of a wired communication interface unit and a wireless communication interface unit. The communication interface unit 386 receives any one of the control signal SC81, the control signal SC82, the control signal SC83, the control signal SC88, and the control signal SC97 from the communication interface unit 246 through the actual link by wire or wirelessly. The communication interface unit 246 receives the control response signal SE81 from the communication interface unit 386 through the actual link either wired or wirelessly.
On the condition that the communication interface unit 246 and the communication interface unit 386 are two wireless communication interface units, respectively, the communication interface unit 246 is configured to wirelessly communicate with the communication interface unit 386. The network 410 is, for example, a wireless network. The processing unit 230 causes the communication interface unit 246 to transmit any one of the control signal SC81, the control signal SC82, the control signal SC83, the control signal SC88, and the control signal SC97 to the communication interface unit 386 through the wireless network. The processing unit 331 causes the communication interface unit 386 to transmit the control response signal SE81 to the communication interface unit 246 through the wireless network.
Please refer to fig. 53, 54 and 55. Fig. 53 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9062 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 54 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9063 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 55 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9064 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 53, 54, and 55, each of the implementation structure 9062, the implementation structure 9063, and the implementation structure 9064 includes the control device 212, the function device 130, and the server 280. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280. The control means 212 are intended to control the variable physical parameter QU1A present in the function device 130 and comprise the operating unit 297 and the sensing unit 260. The operation unit 297 comprises the processing unit 230, the receiving unit 270 coupled to the processing unit 230, the input unit 440 coupled to the processing unit 230, and the transmitting unit 240, and is coupled to the server 280.
In some embodiments, the measurement application function FB81 is associated with the memory unit 25Y1. The memory unit 25Y1 stores the control data code CK8T. The control data code CK8T is one of a control code CM82, a control code CM83, a control code CM84, and a control code CM 85. The control message CG81 is one of a control data message CN82, a control data message CN83, a control data message CN84 and a control data message CN 85.
The control signal SC81 is a command signal SW82 for transmitting the control data message CN82 on the condition that the control data code CK8T is the control information code CM 82. Both the control information code CM82 and the control data information CN82 comprise the measured value target range code EM1T. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measured value target range RN1T by delivering the measured value target range code EM1T and serves to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET represented by the measured value target range RN 1T.
The control signal SC81 is a command signal SW83 for conveying the control data message CN83 on the condition that the control data code CK8T is the control information code CM 83. The control information code CM83 and the control data information CN83 both include the target range limit value pair DN1T, the nominal range limit value pair DD1A, and the handle CC1T. For example, both the control information code CM83 and the control data information CN83 further include the measured value target range code EM1T. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measured value target range RN1T by delivering the target range limit value pair DN1T and serves to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET represented by the measured value target range RN 1T.
In some embodiments, the control signal SC81 is a command signal SW84 conveying the control data message CN84 on condition that the control data code CK8T is the control information code CM 84. The control information code CM84 and the control data information CN84 both include the specified range limit value pair DQ1T. The control signal SC81 functions to indicate at least one of the measurement value specified range RQ1T and the clock time specified interval HR1ET by delivering the specified range limit value pair DQ1T.
The function device 130 stores the physical parameter target range code UQ1T. The control signal SC81 is a command signal SW85 for transmitting the control data message CN85 on the condition that the control data code CK8T is the control information code CM 85. The control information code CM85 and the control data information CN85 both include the measurement value specifying range code EL1T, the clock reference time value NR81, and the measurement time length value VH8T. The specified range-bound value pair DQ1T includes the clock reference time value NR81. The measurement value specifying range code EL1T is preset. The control signal SC81 enables the calculation of the specified range-limit value pair DQ1T by delivering the length of measurement time value VH8T and is used to cause the variable physical parameter QP1A to be within the physical parameter target range RD1EU within the clock time application interval HR 1EU.
The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measured value target range RN1T by delivering the preset measured value specifying range code EL1T on the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measured value target range code EM1T, and serves to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET represented by the measured value target range RN1T within the clock time specified interval HR 1ET.
In some embodiments, the operation unit 397 includes the timer 342. The timer 342 is used to measure the clock time TH1A and is configured to comply with the timer specification FT21. The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to the clock time TH1A. The clock time TH1A is characterized based on a clock reference time TR 81. For example, the clock reference time TR81 is equal to the start limit time HR1ET1. The trigger event EQ81 occurs at a trigger time TT 81. The trigger time TT81 is a current time. The clock reference time value NR81 is preset in the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the clock reference time TR81 and the timer specification FT21. The clock reference time TR81 and the trigger time TT81 have a time difference within a predetermined time duration. Both the timer specification FT81 and the timer specification FT21 are defaulted. For example, the specified measurement value format HH95 is characterized based on the specified number of bits UY 95.
The clock time TH1A is characterized based on the clock time specified interval HR 1ET. The clock time specified interval HR1ET contains the clock reference time TR81 and is represented by the measurement value specified range RQ 1T. The measurement value specification range RQ1T is preset with the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the timer specification FT 21. The measurement value specification range code EL1T is configured to indicate the clock time specification interval HR1ET, and is defaulted based on the measurement application function specification GBL 8. The physical parameter target range code UQ1T represents the physical parameter target range RD1ET within the clock time specified interval HR1ET within which the variable physical parameter QU1A is expected to be. The physical parameter target range RD1ET is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \ 8230.
In some embodiments, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the same as the clock time TH1A, the sensing unit 260 senses the clock time TH1A to generate the sensing signal SM81, and serves as a timer. For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is identical to the clock time TH1A, the measurement value application range code EH1L is identical to the measurement value specification range code EL1T. The processing unit 230, in response to the triggering event EQ81, performs the data determination AE8A to determine the measurement value application range code EH1L which is identical to the measurement value specification range code EL1T.
For example, under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located, the processing unit 230 performs the data acquisition AG8A using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L to obtain the control application code UA8T identical to the control data code CK 8T. On the condition that the obtained control data code CK8T contains the preset clock reference time value NR81, the preset measurement time length value VH8T and the preset measurement value specifying range code EL1T, the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to perform the signal generating operation BS81 to generate the control signal SC81 conveying the obtained clock reference time value NR81, the obtained measurement time length value VH8T and the obtained measurement value specifying range code EL1T, based on the obtained control data code CK 8T.
For example, the physical parameter control function specification GBL8 contains a clock time representation GB8TR. The clock time representation GB8TR is used to represent the clock reference time TR81. The clock reference time value NR81 is preset with the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the clock time representation GB8TR, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZR8TR for converting the clock time representation GB8TR. For example, the clock time representation GB8TR is identical to the clock time representation GA8TR.
In some embodiments, the memory unit 25Y1 stores a control data code CK8V. The control data code CK8V includes the timed operation mode code CP11, the physical parameter target range code UN1V, the measurement time length value CL8V, and the handle CC1V. On the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter target range RD1EU within the clock time application interval HR1EU based on the control signal SC81, the processing unit 230 accesses the control data code CK8V to obtain the control data code CK8V in response to a triggering event EQ88, and causes the transmitting unit 240 to transmit the control signal SC88 to the receiving unit 337 based on the accessed control data code CK8V. The control signal SC88 conveys the control information CG88.
For example, the operation unit 297 comprises a trigger application unit 288 coupled to the processing unit 230. The trigger event EQ88 is associated with the trigger application 288 and is one of a trigger event, a user input event, a signal input event, a state change event, and an identified media occurrence event. The trigger application unit 288 provides an operation request signal SX88 to the processing unit 230 in response to the trigger event EQ88, and thereby causes the processing unit 230 to receive the operation request signal SX88. The processing unit 230 accesses the control data code CK8V to obtain the control data code CK8V in response to the operation request signal SX88. For example, the trigger applying unit 288 is one of the reader 220, the receiving unit 270, the input unit 440, the display unit 460, and the sensing unit 260. For example, the trigger application unit 28H related to the trigger event EQ8H is one of the reader 220, the receiving unit 270, the input unit 440, the display unit 460, and the sensing unit 260.
For example, the trigger application unit 288 includes the user interface area AP11 having the electrical application target WJ11, receives a first user input operation using the electrical application target WJ11 to cause the trigger event EQ88 to occur, and provides the operation request signal SX88 to the processing unit 230 in response to the first user input operation (or the trigger event EQ 88). For example, the trigger application unit 28H includes the user interface area AP11 having the electrical application target WJ11, receives a second user input operation using the electrical application target WJ11 to cause the trigger event EQ8H to occur, and provides the operation request signal SX8H to the processing unit 230 in response to the second user input operation (or the trigger event EQ 8H).
For example, the operation unit 397 includes the timer 342. The timer 342 is configured to measure the variable time length LF8A and is configured to meet the timer specification FT21. The control data code CK8V and the control information CG88 both include the measurement length of time value CL8V. The processing unit 230 sets the time length value CL8V in a specified measurement value format HH91 based on the reference time length LJ8V and the timer specification FT21, and causes the transmission unit 240 to perform a signal generation operation BS88 to generate the control signal SC88 conveying the measured time length value CL8V based on the obtained control data code CK 8V. For example, the specified measurement value format HH91 is characterized based on a specified number of bits UY 91.
The measurement application function specification GBL8 comprises a time length representation GB8KV. The time length representation GB8KV is used to represent the reference time length LJ8V. For example, the measurement time length value CL8V is preset with the specified measurement value format HH91 based on the time length representation GB8KV, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZR8KV for converting the time length representation GB8KV. The storage unit 250 stores the control data code CK8V including the time length value CL 8V. The processing unit 230 is configured to obtain the control data code CK8V from the storage unit 250. For example, the time length representation GB8KV is the same as the time length representation GA8KV.
In some embodiments, the functional device 130 includes the storage unit 332 coupled to the operation unit 397. The memory cell 332 has a memory location YM8T and a memory location YX8T different from the memory location YM 8T. For example, the memory location YM8T is identified based on a memory address AM 8T. The memory location YX8T is identified based on a memory address AX 8T. The memory address AM8T and the memory address AX8T are both preset based on the preset measured value target range code EM 1T.
Before the occurrence of the trigger event EQ81, the processing unit 230 relies on the user interface area AP11 to obtain an input data DJ81 from the input unit 440, performs a data encoding operation EJ81 on the input data DJ81 to determine the default target range limit value pair DN1T, is configured to obtain the default measured value target range code EM1T, and obtains the memory address AM8T based on the obtained measured value target range code EM 1T. For example, before the occurrence of the triggering event EQ81, the input unit 440 receives a user input operation JV81 for operating the user interface area AP11, and provides the input data DJ81 to the processing unit 230 in response to the user input operation JV 81.
Before the occurrence of the trigger event EQ81, the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to provide a write request message WN8T to the operation unit 397 based on the determined target range limit value pair DN1T and the retrieved memory address AM8T. The write request information WN8T includes the determined target range limit value pair DN1T and the obtained memory address AM8T. The operation unit 397 responds to the write request information WN8T to cause the storage unit 332 to store the target range limit value pair DN1T in the memory location YM 8T.
In some embodiments, before the occurrence of the trigger event EQ81, the processing unit 230 relies on the user interface area AP11 to obtain an input data DJ82 from the input unit 440, performs a data encoding operation EJ82 on the input data DJ82 to determine the preset handle CC1T, and obtains the memory address AX8T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM 1T. For example, before the occurrence of the triggering event EQ81, the input unit 440 receives a user input operation JV82 for operating the user interface area AP11, and provides the input data DJ82 to the processing unit 230 in response to the user input operation JV 82.
Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to provide the write request information WC8T to the operation unit 397 based on the determined handle CC1T and the retrieved memory address AX8T. The write request information WC8T includes the determined handle CC1T and the acquired memory address AX8T. The operation unit 397 responds to the write request information WC8T to cause the storage unit 332 to store the handle CC1T in the memory location YX 8T.
The memory cell 332 further has a memory location YN81. For example, the memory location YN81 is identified based on a memory address AN81. The memory address AN81 is defaulted. Before the triggering event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 relies on the user interface area AP11 to obtain input data DJ83 from the input unit 440, performs a data encoding operation EJ83 on the input data DJ83 to determine the preset nominal range-limit value pair DD1A, and is configured to obtain the default memory address AN81. For example, before the occurrence of the trigger event EQ81, the input unit 440 receives a user input operation JV83 for operating the user interface area AP11, and provides the input data DJ83 to the processing unit 230 in response to the user input operation JV 83.
Before the occurrence of the trigger event EQ81, the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to provide the write request information WD81 to the operation unit 397 based on the determined nominal range limit value pair DD1A and the retrieved memory address AN81. The write request information WD81 includes the determined nominal range limit value pair DD1A and the obtained memory address AN81. The operation unit 397 responds to the write request information WD81 to cause the storage unit 332 to store the nominal range limit value pair DD1A in the memory location YN81.
Please refer to fig. 56, 57, 58 and 59. Fig. 56 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9065 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 57 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9066 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 58 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9067 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. Fig. 59 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9068 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 56, 57, 58, and 59, each of the implementation structure 9065, the implementation structure 9066, the implementation structure 9067, and the implementation structure 9068 includes the control device 212, the function device 130, and the server 280. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280. The control means 212 are intended to control the variable physical parameter QU1A present in the functional means 130 in dependence of the triggering event EQ81 and comprise the operating unit 297 and the sensing unit 260. The operation unit 297 includes the processing unit 230, the receiving unit 270, the input unit 440, and the transmitting unit 240. The processing unit 230 is coupled to the server 280.
In some embodiments, the function device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the physical parameter application unit 335, the sensing unit 334, a physical parameter application unit 735, and a multiplexer 363. The operation unit 397 has an output 338P and an output 338Q. The output end 338P and the output end 338Q are respectively located at different spatial positions. The physical parameter application unit 335, the sensing unit 334, the physical parameter application unit 735, and the multiplexer 363 are all coupled to the operation unit 397. The output 338P is coupled to the physical parameter application unit 335. The physical parameter application unit 735 includes a physical parameter formation area AU21 and is coupled to the output terminal 338Q. The physical parameter formation area AU21 has a variable physical parameter QU2A. For example, the physical parameter application unit 735 is a physically implementable functional unit and has a functional structure similar to that of the physical parameter application unit 335.
The sensing unit 334 is configured to sense one of a plurality of actual physical parameters through the multiplexer 363. Said plurality of actual physical parameters includes said variable physical parameter QU1A and said variable physical parameter QU2A. Said control means 212 are intended to control said variable physical parameter QU2A. The multiplexer 363 has an input end 3631, an input end 3632, a control end 363C and an output end 363P.
The control terminal 363C is coupled to the operation unit 397. The input 3631 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU11. The input 3632 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU21. The output 363P is coupled to the sensing unit 334. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QU2A are a fifth variable electrical parameter and a sixth variable electrical parameter, respectively. For example, the fifth variable electrical parameter and the sixth variable electrical parameter are a fifth variable voltage and a sixth variable voltage, respectively. The input end 3631 and the output end 363P have a first functional relationship therebetween. The first functional relationship is equal to one of a first on relationship and a first off relationship.
A second functional relationship exists between the input 3632 and the output 363P. The second functional relationship is equal to one of a second on relationship and a second off relationship. On the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first on-state relationship, the sensing unit 334 is configured to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A through the output 363P and the input 3631, and is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU11 through the output 363P and the input 3631. On the condition that the second functional relationship is equal to the second on relationship, the sensing unit 334 is configured to sense the variable physical parameter QU2A through the output 363P and the input 3632, and is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU21 through the output 363P and the input 3632. For example, the multiplexer 363 is controlled by the operation unit 397 and is an analog multiplexer.
In some embodiments, one of the control device 212 and the application environment EX81 has a physical parameter formation area AT21. The physical parameter formation area AT21 has a variable physical parameter QP2A. The control device 212 further includes a multiplexer 263 coupled to the processing unit 230. The multiplexer 263 has an input 2631, an input 2632, a control terminal 263C and an output terminal 263P. The control end 263C is coupled to the processing unit 230.
The input 2631 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AT11. The input 2632 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AT21. The output terminal 263P is coupled to the sensing unit 260. For example, the variable physical parameter QP1A and the variable physical parameter QP2A are a seventh variable electrical parameter and an eighth variable electrical parameter, respectively. For example, the seventh variable electrical parameter and the eighth variable electrical parameter are a seventh variable voltage and an eighth variable voltage, respectively. A third functional relationship exists between the input 2631 and the output 263P. The third functional relationship is equal to one of a third on relationship and a third off relationship.
A fourth functional relationship exists between the input 2632 and the output 263P. The fourth functional relationship is equal to one of a fourth on relationship and a fourth off relationship. Under the condition that the third functional relationship is equal to the third on-state relationship, the sensing unit 260 is configured to sense the variable physical parameter QP1A through the output end 263P and the input end 2631, and is coupled to the physical parameter forming area AT11 through the output end 263P and the input end 2631.
Under the condition that the fourth functional relationship is equal to the fourth on relationship, the sensing unit 260 is configured to sense the variable physical parameter QP2A through the output end 263P and the input end 2632, and is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AT21 through the output end 263P and the input end 2632. For example, the multiplexer 263 is controlled by the processing unit 230 and is an analog multiplexer. For example, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A through the multiplexer 263 for an operation time TB81, and senses the variable physical parameter QP2A through the multiplexer 263 for an operation time TB82 different from the operation time TB 81.
In some embodiments, the physical parameter application unit 335 is identified by an application unit identifier HA2T. The physical parameter application unit 735 is identified by an application unit identifier HA 22. The physical parameter application unit 335 and the physical parameter application unit 735 are respectively located at different spatial locations and are both coupled to the operation unit 397. The application unit identifier HA2T and the application unit identifier HA22 are both defaulted based on the measurement application function specification GBL 8. For controlling the physical parameter application unit 335, the control signal SC81 further conveys the application unit identifier HA2T. The operating unit 397 receives the control signal SC81 from the control device 212. The operation unit 397 selects the physical parameter application unit 335 to control in response to the control signal SC81. For example, the application unit identifier HA2T is configured to indicate the output 338P and is a first functional unit number. The application unit identifier HA22 is configured to indicate the output 338Q and is a second functional unit number.
The control device 212 further includes an electrical usage target 285 coupled to the processing unit 230, and an electrical usage target 286 coupled to the processing unit 230. The electricity usage target 285 is identified by an electricity usage target identifier HZ2T and is an electricity usage unit. The electricity usage target 286 is identified by an electricity usage target identifier HZ22 and is an electricity usage unit. The target electrical usage identifier HZ2T and the target electrical usage identifier HZ22 are both defaulted based on the measurement application functional specification GBL 8. On the condition that the triggering event EQ81 occurs in dependence on the electrical usage target 285, the processing unit 230 selects the physical parameter application unit 335 for control in response to the triggering event EQ 81. On the condition that the triggering event EQ81 occurs in dependence on the electrical usage target 286, the processing unit 230 selects the physical parameter application unit 735 to control in response to the triggering event EQ 81.
In some embodiments, the storage unit 250 HAs a memory location XC9T and a memory location XC92, storing the application unit identifier HA2T at the memory location XC9T and storing the application unit identifier HA22 at the memory location XC 92. The memory location XC9T is identified by a memory address EC9T, or is identified based on the memory address EC 9T. The memory address EC9T is preset based on the electric usage target identifier HZ 2T; thereby, the electrical usage target 285 is related to the application unit identifier HA2T. For example, the electrical usage target identifier HZ2T and the application unit identifier HA2T have a mathematical relationship KK91 therebetween; thereby, the electricity usage target 285 is related to the application unit identifier HA2T.
The memory location XC92 is identified by a memory address EC92, or is identified based on the memory address EC 92. The memory address EC92 is preset based on the electric usage target identifier HZ 22; thereby, the electrical usage target 286 is associated with the application unit identifier HA22. For example, the electrical usage target identifier HZ22 and the application unit identifier HA22 have a mathematical relationship KK92 between them; thereby, the electrical usage target 286 is associated with the application unit identifier HA22.
In some embodiments, the triggering event EQ81 occurs in dependence on the electrical usage target 285 and causes the processing unit 230 to receive an operation request signal SZ91. On the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs by means of the electrical usage target 285, the processing unit 230 obtains the measurement value VM81 and the electrical usage target identifier HZ2T in response to the operation request signal SZ91, and obtains the application unit identifier HA2T based on the obtained electrical usage target identifier HZ 2T. The processing unit 230 causes the transmitting unit 240 to transmit at least one of the control signal SC81, the control signal SC82 and the control signal SC83 to the operating unit 397 based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T.
For example, the trigger event EQ81 is a user input event of the input unit 440 receiving a user input operation JU 91. The input unit 440 provides the operation request signal SZ91 to the processing unit 230 in response to the trigger event EQ81, which is the user input event, and thereby causes the processing unit 230 to receive the operation request signal SZ91. On the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs by means of the electrical usage target 285, the input unit 440 provides the operation request signal SZ91 to the processing unit 230 by means of the electrical usage target 285. The processing unit 230 provides a control signal SV81 to the control terminal 263C in response to the operation request signal SZ91. For example, the control signal SV81 is a selection control signal and functions to instruct the input 2631. The multiplexer 263 is responsive to the control signal SV81 to cause the third functional relationship between the input 2631 and the output 263P to be equal to the third conductive relationship.
Under the condition that the third functional relationship is equal to the third conductive relationship, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM81. The processing unit 230 receives the sensing signal SM81 from the sensing unit 260, and obtains the measurement value VM81 in the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on the received sensing signal SM81. For example, the electrical usage target 285 and the electrical usage target 286 are configured to correspond to the physical parameter application unit 335 and the physical parameter application unit 735, respectively, and are both coupled to the processing unit 230 and are located at different spatial locations, respectively.
In some embodiments, the input unit 440 receives the user input operation JU91 for selecting the electrical usage target 285 to cause the trigger event EQ81 to occur. The input unit 440 generates the operation request signal SZ91 in response to the user input operation JU 91. The processing unit 230 receives the operation request signal SZ91, uses the sense signal SM81 to obtain the measurement value VM81 in response to the operation request signal SZ91, and performs a data acquisition AF9C to obtain the electricity usage target identifier HZ2T in response to the operation request signal SZ91. For example, the storage unit 250 includes the storage space SS11. The storage space SS11 HAs the preset nominal range limit value pair DC1A, the variable physical parameter range code UM8A, the electrical usage target identifier HZ2T, the electrical usage target identifier HZ22 and the application unit identifier HA2T.
In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 is configured to obtain the memory address EC9T based on the obtained electrical usage target identifier HZ2T and to access the application unit identifier HA2T stored in the memory location XC9T based on the obtained memory address EC9T to obtain the application unit identifier HA2T. On condition that the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL, in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located, by checking the mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L, the processing unit 230 performs the signal generation control GS81 based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T and the accessed control data code CK8T to cause the transmission unit 240 to generate the control signal SC81 and cause the transmission unit 240 to transmit the control signal SC81 to the operation unit 397.
For example, the control signal SC81 conveys the application unit identifier HA2T. For example, the control signal SC81 conveys the application unit identifier HA2T and the measured value target range code EM1T. The operating unit 397 is responsive to the control signal SC81 to obtain the measured value target range code EM1T and the application unit identifier HA2T from the control signal SC 81. In a third particular case, the operating unit 397 performs the signal generating operation BY81 using the output 338P to transmit an operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter applying unit 335 based on the obtained measured value target range code EM1T and the obtained application unit identifier HA2T. The physical parameter applying unit 335 responds to the operation signal SG81 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target range RD1ET.
In some embodiments, the operation unit 397 obtains the application unit identifier HA2T and the measurement value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC81 in response to the control signal SC81 under the condition that the control signal SC81 delivers the application unit identifier HA2T and the measurement value target range code EM1T, and provides a control signal SD81 to the control terminal 363C based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T. For example, the control signal SD81 is a selection control signal and functions to instruct the input 3631. The multiplexer 363 is responsive to the control signal SD81 to cause the first functional relationship between the input 3631 and the output 363P to be equal to the first conductive relationship. Under the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN81.
The operation unit 397 receives the sensing signal SN81 from the sensing unit 334 and obtains a measurement value VN81 based on the received sensing signal SN 81. In the third particular case, the operating unit 397 performs the signal generating operation BY81 using the output 338P to transmit the operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter applying unit 335 based on the obtained measured value VN81, the obtained measured value target range code EM1T and the obtained application unit identifier HA 2T.
In some embodiments, the storage space SS11 further has a memory location PF9T. The storage unit 250 stores the preset electricity usage target identifier HZ2T in the memory location PF9T. The memory location PF9T is identified by a memory address FF9T, or is identified based on the memory address FF 9T. The memory address FF9T is defaulted. The electrical usage target 285 is coupled to the memory location PF9T by the processing unit 230. For example, the operation request signal SZ91 delivers an input data DJ91.
The data acquisition AF9C is one of a data acquisition operation AF95 and a data acquisition operation AF 96. The data obtaining operation AF95 accesses the electricity usage target identifier HZ2T stored in the memory location PF9T by using the default memory address PF2T to obtain the preset electricity usage target identifier HZ2T. The data acquisition operation AF96 processes the input data DJ91 to obtain the preset target electrical usage identifier HZ2T based on a default data derivation rule YU 91.
In some embodiments, the input unit 440 causes the processing unit 230 to receive an operation request signal SZ92 on the condition that the input unit 440 receives a trigger event of a user input operation JU92 for selecting the electrical usage target 286 occurs. The processing unit 230 obtains a measured value VM91 and the electricity usage target identifier HZ22 in response to the operation request signal SZ92, and obtains the application unit identifier HA22 based on the obtained electricity usage target identifier HZ 22. The processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to transmit a control signal SC97 to the operation unit 397 based on the obtained measurement value VM91 and the obtained application unit identifier HA22. The control signal SC97 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU2A and to convey the application unit identifier HA22.
For example, the input unit 440 provides the operation request signal SZ92 to the processing unit 230 in response to the user input operation JU92 for selecting the electricity usage target 286, and thereby causes the processing unit 230 to receive the operation request signal SZ92. The processing unit 230 provides a control signal SV82 to the control terminal 263C in response to the operation request signal SZ92. For example, the control signal SV82 is a selection control signal, which functions as an indication of the input 2632 and is different from the control signal SV81. The multiplexer 263 is responsive to the control signal SV82 to cause the fourth functional relationship between the input 2632 and the output 263P to be equal to the fourth conductive relationship. Under the condition that the fourth functional relationship is equal to the fourth conductive relationship, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP2A to generate a sensing signal SM91. The processing unit 230 receives the sense signal SM91 from the sensing unit 260 and obtains the measurement value VM91 based on the received sense signal SM91.
In some embodiments, the operation unit 397 obtains the application unit identifier HA22 from the control signal SC97 in response to the control signal SC97, and provides a control signal SD82 to the control terminal 363C based on the obtained application unit identifier HA 22. For example, the control signal SD82 is a selection control signal and functions to instruct the input 3632. The multiplexer 363 is responsive to the control signal SD82 to cause the second functional relationship between the input 3632 and the output 363P to be equal to the second conductive relationship. Under the condition that the second functional relationship is equal to the second conductive relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU2A to generate a sensing signal SN91.
The operation unit 397 receives the sensing signal SN91 from the sensing unit 334 and obtains a measurement value VN91 based on the received sensing signal SN91. The operating unit 397 performs a signal generating operation BY97 using the output 338Q to transmit an operating signal SG97 to the physical parameter applying unit 735, based on the obtained measured value VN91 and the obtained application unit identifier HA 22. The operation signal SG97 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU2A.
For example, the user input operation JU81 is one of the user input operation JU91 and the user input operation JU 92. The triggering event EQ81 is a user input event that the input unit 440 receives the user input operation JU92 for selecting the electrical usage target 286. On the condition that the input unit 440 receives the user input operation JU91 using the electric usage target 285, the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to transmit the control signal SC81 to the operation unit 397 in response to the user input operation JU 91. On the condition that the input unit 440 receives the user input operation JU92 using the electricity usage target 286, the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to transmit the control signal SC97 to the operation unit 397 in response to the user input operation JU 92.
In some embodiments, the user interface area AP11 has the electrical usage target 285 and the electrical usage target 286. The user input operation JU91 is performed by the user 295. The electrical usage target 285 is one of a third sensing target and a third display target. In a condition that the electrical usage target 285 is the third sensing target, the input unit 440 includes the electrical usage target 285. On the condition that the electric usage target 285 is the third display target, the display unit 460 includes the electric usage target 285. For example, the third sensing target is a third button target. The third display target is a third icon target.
The electrical usage target 286 is one of a fourth sensing target and a fourth display target. On the condition that the electrical usage target 286 is the fourth sensing target, the input unit 440 includes the electrical usage target 286. On the condition that the electrical usage target 286 is the fourth display target, the display unit 460 includes the electrical usage target 286. For example, the fourth sensing target is a fourth button target. The third display target is a fourth icon target. The operation unit 297 further includes a pointing device 441. For example, the input unit 440 includes the pointing device 441. For example, the input unit 440 is the pointing device 441.
For example, under the condition that the electric usage target 285 is configured to be present in the input unit 440, the electric usage target 285 receives the user input operation JU91 to cause the input unit 440 to provide the operation request signal SZ91 to the processing unit 230. Under the condition that the electric usage target 285 is configured to be present on the display unit 460, the pointing device 441 receives the user input operation JU91 for selecting the electric usage target 285 to cause the pointing device 441 to provide the operation request signal SZ91 to the processing unit 230. For example, the user input operation JU91 is configured to select the electrical usage target 285 by means of the pointing device 441 and the selection tool YJ 81. For example, the selection tool YJ81 is a cursor.
In some embodiments, the preset nominal range limit value pairs DC1A and the variable physical parameter range code UM8A are both further stored in the storage space SS11 based on the default application unit identifier HA 2T. The processing unit 230 further uses the storage unit 250 to access any one of the preset nominal range limit value pairs DC1A and the variable physical parameter range code UM8A based on the application unit identifier HA 2T.
The preset application range limit value pair DM1L, the default control data code CK8T and the preset candidate range limit value pair DM1B are all further stored in the storage space SS11 based on the default application unit identifier HA 2T. The processing unit 230 further uses the memory unit 25Y1 to access any one of the preset application range limit value pair DM1L, the default control data code CK8T and the preset candidate range limit value pair DM1B based on the application unit identifier HA 2T.
The preset application range limit value pair DM1L and the preset candidate range limit value pair DM1B are both configured to belong to a measurement range limit data code type TM81. The measurement range boundary data code type TM81 is identified by a measurement range boundary data code type identifier HM 81. The measurement range limit data code type identifier HM81 is preset. The control data code CK8T is configured as default to belong to a control data code type TK81. The control data code type TK81 is identified by a control data code type identifier HK 81. The control data code type identifier HK81 is preset.
For example, the memory address FM8L is preset based on the default application unit identifier HA2T, the preset measurement value application range code EH1L, and the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HM 81. The processing unit 230 obtains the application unit identifier HA2T in response to the trigger event EQ 81. The data obtaining operation AF81 obtains the memory address FM8L based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T, the determined measurement value application range code EH1L, and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HM81, and uses the memory unit 25Y1 to access the preset application range limit value pair DM1L stored in the memory location PM8L based on the obtained memory address FM 8L.
For example, the memory address FV8L is preset based on the default application unit identifier HA2T, the preset measurement value application range code EH1L, and the default control data code type identifier HK 81. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application scope RC1EL, to which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located, the processing unit 230 obtains the memory address FV8L based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T, the determined measurement value application scope code EH1L, and the obtained control data code type identifier HK81, and uses the memory unit 25Y1 to access the control data code CK8T stored in the memory location PV8L based on the obtained memory address FV 8L.
Please refer to fig. 60. Fig. 60 is a schematic diagram of an implementation 9069 of the control system 901 shown in fig. 1. As shown in fig. 60, the implementation structure 9069 includes the control device 212, the function device 130, and the server 280. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280. The control means 212 are intended to control the variable physical parameter QU1A present in the functional means 130 in dependence of the triggering event EQ81 and comprise the operating unit 297 and the sensing unit 260. The operation unit 297 includes the processing unit 230, the receiving unit 270, the input unit 440, and the transmitting unit 240. The processing unit 230 is coupled to the server 280.
In some embodiments, the operation unit 297 comprises a timer 545 coupled to the processing unit 230, an electrical application target WJ11 coupled to the processing unit 230, and a timer 546 coupled to the processing unit 230. The timer 545 is used to measure the clock time TH1A and is configured to comply with a timer specification FW22. The timer 545 is controlled by the processing unit 230 to sense the clock time TH1A to generate a sensing signal SK91. For example, the sensing signal SK91 is a clock time signal. For example, the user interface area AP11 has the electrical application target WJ11. The electrical application target WJ11 is one of a fifth button target and a fifth icon target. The electrical application target WJ11 is an electrical application unit.
Under the condition that the sense unit 260 is configured to be the same as the timer 545, the sense signal SM81 is configured to be the same as the sense signal SK91, the sensor specification FQ11 is configured to be the same as the timer specification FW22, and the variable physical parameter QP1A is configured to be the same as the clock time TH1A. The memory unit 25Y1 stores the control data code CK8T identical to the control information code CM 85. For example, on the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is configured to be the same as the clock time TH1A, the measurement value application range code EH1L is the same as the measurement value specification range code EL1T. The timer specification FW22 is defaulted.
The trigger event EQ81 is the user input event of the input unit 440 receiving the user input operation JU 81. The user input operation JU81 is used to select the electrical application target WJ11. The input unit 440 provides the operation request signal SZ81 to the processing unit 230 in response to the trigger event EQ81, and thereby causes the processing unit 230 to receive the operation request signal SZ81. On the condition that the user input event occurs, the processing unit 230 uses the sensing signal SK91 to obtain the measurement value VM81 in response to the operation request signal SZ81. For example, the sense signal SK91, which is the clock time signal, delivers a measurement NP91 in a specified measurement format HQ 92. For example, the measurement value NP91 is a specific count value. The specified measurement value format HQ92 is characterized based on a specified number of bits UX92 and is a specified count value format.
In some embodiments, the trigger application unit 281 is responsive to the trigger event EQ81 to provide the operation request signal SX81 to the processing unit 230 and thereby cause the processing unit 230 to receive the operation request signal SX81. The processing unit 230 obtains the control application code UA8T in response to the operation request signal SX81 and causes the transmission unit 240 to transmit the control signal SC81 conveying the control information CG81 to the functional device 130 based on the obtained control application code UA 8T. For example, the control application code UA8T includes or is the control data code CK8T.
The trigger application unit 281 is one of the state change detector 475, the reader 220, the receiving unit 270, the input unit 440, the display unit 460, the sensing unit 260, and the timer 546. The trigger event EQ81 is one of a trigger event, a user input event, a signal input event, a state change event, a media present event, and an integer overflow event. On the condition that the trigger event EQ81 is the integer overflow event, it is the timer 546 of the trigger application unit 281 that causes the integer overflow event to occur in response to a time control GE81 associated with the processing unit 230. For example, the processing unit 230 is configured to execute the time control GE81 for controlling the timer 546. The timer 546 is responsive to the time control GE81 to form the integer overflow event.
The processing unit 230 uses the sense signal SK91 to obtain the measurement value VM81 equal to the measurement value NP 91. The processing unit 230, in response to the triggering event EQ81, performs the data determination AE8A to determine the measurement value application range code EH1L which is identical to the measurement value specification range code EL 1T. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located by checking the mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L, the processing unit 230 obtains the control application code UA8T identical to the control information code CM85 from the memory unit 25Y1 based on the determined measurement value application range code EH1L. For example, the designated measurement value format HQ81 is configured to be the same as the designated measurement value format HQ92, provided that the sensing unit 260 is configured to be the same as the timer 545.
For example, the control information code CM85 includes the preset measurement value specifying range code EL1T, the preset clock reference time value NR81, and the preset measurement time length value VH8T. The processing unit 230 executes the signal generation control GS81 for the measurement application function FB81 within the operating time TD81 on the basis of the obtained control application code UA8T to cause the transmission unit 240 to generate the control signal SC81 conveying the control data message CN 85. For example, the control data message CN85 comprises the preset measurement value specifying range code EL1T, the preset clock reference time value NR81 and the preset measurement time length value VH8T. The control signal SC81 functions to indicate at least one of the measurement value specifying range RQ1T and the clock time specifying interval HR1ET by delivering the measurement value specifying range code EL1T preset on the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the measurement value target range code EM1T preset.
In some embodiments, the input unit 440 includes the user interface area AP11 and the electrical application target WJ11 (or the fifth button target) disposed in the user interface area AP 11. For example, the display unit 460 includes the user interface area AP11 and the electrical application target WJ11 (or the fifth icon target) provided in the user interface area AP 11. For example, the input unit 440 includes a touch screen 4401. The touch screen 4401 includes the user interface area AP11 and the electrical application target WJ11 (or the fifth button target) disposed in the user interface area AP11, and receives the user input operation JU81.
For example, the electrical application target WJ11 of the touch screen 4401 receives the user input operation JU81. The touch screen 4401 is any one of the trigger application unit 281, the trigger application unit 288, and the trigger application unit 28H. Under the condition that the touch screen 4401 is the trigger application unit 281, the touch screen 4401 responds to the user input operation JU81 (or the trigger event EQ 81) to provide the operation request signal SX81 to the processing unit 230.
In some embodiments, the functional device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the functional unit 335, and the storage unit 332. The timer 342 included in the operation unit 397 is used to measure the clock time TH1A, and is configured to conform to the timer specification FT21. The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to the clock time TH1A. The clock time TH1A is characterized based on a clock time specified interval HR1ET. The clock time specified interval HR1ET is represented by a measurement value specified range RQ 1T. The measurement value specifying range code EL1T is configured to indicate the clock time specifying interval HR1ET.
The storage unit 332 has a memory location YS8T, and stores the physical parameter target range code UQ1T in the memory location YS8T. The physical parameter target range code UQ1T represents a physical parameter target range RD1ET within which the variable physical parameter QU1A is expected to be within the clock time specified interval HR1ET, and is configured to be stored in the memory location YS8T based on the measurement value specified range code EL 1T. The memory location YS8T is identified based on a memory address AS 8T. The memory address AS8T is preset based on the measurement value specification range code EL 1T. The physical parameter target range RD1ET is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, \ 8230.
In some embodiments, when the operating unit 397 receives the control signal SC81, the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The control signal SC81 delivers the measurement value specifying range code EL1T by default. The operating unit 397 obtains the supplied measurement value specifying range code EL1T from the control signal SC81, obtains the memory address AS8T based on the obtained measurement value specifying range code EL1T, and accesses the physical parameter target range code UQ1T stored in the memory location YS8T based on the obtained memory address AS8T to obtain the preset measurement value target range code EM1T.
The operation unit 397 performs the signal generating operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 to transmit the operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335 based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. The physical parameter applying unit 335 responds to the operation signal SG81 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The operation unit 397 obtains the delivered clock reference time value NR81 from the control signal SC81, causes the timer 342 to start within a start time TT82 based on the obtained clock reference time value NR81, and thereby causes the timer 342 to generate a sensing signal SY80 within the start time TT 82. The sensing signal SY80 is an initial timing signal and delivers a measurement NY80 in the specified measurement format HH 95. For example, the measured value NY80 is configured to be the same as the clock reference time value NR81.
Many modifications and other embodiments of the disclosure set forth herein will come to mind to one skilled in the art to which this disclosure pertains having the benefit of the teachings presented in the foregoing descriptions and the associated drawings. Therefore, it is to be understood that the disclosure is not to be limited to the specific embodiments disclosed and that modifications and other embodiments are intended to be included within the scope of the appended claims.
Description of the symbols:
130: functional device
212: control device
220: reading device
230. 331: processing unit
240: transmission unit
246: communication interface unit
250. 332: memory cell
25Y1: memory cell
260. 334: sensing unit
261. 3341, 3342: sensing assembly
263. 363: multiplexer
2631. 2632, 3631, 3632: input terminal
263C, 363C: control terminal
263P, 363P, 338Q: output terminal
270. 337: receiving unit
2701. 2702, 3371, 3372, 3374: receiving assembly
285. 286: electric utility target
280: server
288. 28H, 387: triggering an application unit
290: physical parameter forming unit
295: user can use the device
297. 397: operating unit
310: identification medium
335. 735: physical parameter application unit
3351: physical parameter forming part
3355: driving circuit
338: output assembly
340. 342, 343, 545, 546: timer with timer
350: electronic volume label
360: bar code medium
370: biolabesing agents
380. 440, a step of: input unit
3801: push button
382: display unit
384: transmission unit
3842. 3843: transmission assembly
410: network
441: pointing device
450. 452, 455: transmission assembly
460: display unit
475: state change detector
70M: supporting medium
70U: layer of material
734. 7341, 7342: sensor type
901: control system
9011. 9012, 9013, 9014, 9015, 9016, 9017, 9018, 9019, 9020, 9021, 9022, 9023, 9024, 9025, 9026, 9027, 9028, 9029, 9030, 9031, 9032, 9033, 9034, 9035, 9036, 9037, 9038, 9039, 9040, 9041, 9042, 9043, 9044, 9045, 9046, 9047, 9048, 9049, 9050, 9051, 9052, 9053, 9054, 9055, 9056, 9057, 9058, 9059, 9060, 9061, 9062, 9063, 9064, 9065, 9066, 9067, 9068, 9069: implementation structure
AA81, AA82, AE81, AE82: data determination operations
AA8A, AE8A, AK8A: data determination
AC1: response region
AD81, AD82, AF81, AF82, AF95, AF96, AG81, AG82: data acquisition operations
AD8A, AF9C, AG8A: data acquisition
AJ11: physical parameter application area
AK81: first data determination operation
AK82: second data determination operation
AM82, AM85, AM8L, AM8T, AN81, AS82, AS8T, AS8U, AX82, AX85, AX8L, AX8T, EC92, EC9T, FF9T, FM8L, FV8L: memory address
AP11: user interface region
AT11, AT21, AU11, AU21: physical parameter forming region
BA83, BM51, BV81, BV85, BV86, ZP81, ZP85, ZQ81: inspection operations
BC8V, BD81, BE81: counting operation
BH82, ZH81: operation of specific functions
BJ81: specific practice of
BQ81, BQ82, BQ8A, BQ8B, BU83, JU81, JU91, JU92, JV81, JV82, JV83: user input operation
BS81, BS88, BS91, BY81, BY85, BY89, BY97: signal generation operation
BR81: read operation
BZ81, ZM81, ZS81: sensing operations
CA81, CA91, CD81, CD82, CE81, CE85, CE8T: data comparison
CC12, CC15, CC1L, CC1T, CC1U, CC1V: handle
CF81: data comparison
CG81 and CG88: control information
CK8T, CK8V: control data code
CL8V: measuring time length values
CM82, CM83, CM84, CM85: control information code
CN82, CN83, CN84, CN85: control data information
CP11, CP21: timed mode of operation code
DA81, DF81, DG83, DX81, DX82, DX85, DX88: code diversity
DB81, DB86, DS81: difference in range
DC11, DC12, DD11, DD12: limit value of rated range
DC1A, DD1A: nominal range limit value pair
DH81, DH82, DJ81, DJ82, DJ83, DJ91: inputting data
DM15, DM16, DN15, DN16: limit of application range
DM1B, DN1B, DQ1B: candidate range bound value pairs
DM1L, DN1L, DQ1L: applying range bound value pairs
DN17, DN18: limit value of target range
DN1E: specific range limit value pair
DN1T: target Range Limit value pairs
DP1A: nominal range limit value pair
DQ13, DQ14: limit value of specified range
DQ15: first application range limit value
DQ16: second limit of application range
DQ1T: specifying range bound value pairs
DQ1U: using range bound value pairs
DT81: physical parameter state difference
DU81: physical parameter data recording
DY81: encoding data
EA81, EA82, EJ81, EJ82, EJ83, ZR81, ZR82, ZR83, ZR8KV, ZR8TR, ZX81, ZX82, ZX83, ZX8HE, ZX8HR, ZX8HJ, ZX8HT, ZX8HU, ZX8KV, ZX8TR, ZX91, ZX92: data encoding operations
EH11, EM11: code for reference range of measured value
EH12: measured value reference range code, measured value candidate range code
EH14, EH17, EM14, EM15: code for specifying measurement value range
EH1L, EM1L: code for measuring value application range
EL11, EL12: code for reference range of measured value
EL14: code for specifying measurement value range
EL1T: measurement value specifying range code
EL1U: code for measuring value application range
EM12: measured value reference range code, measured value candidate range code
EM1T: measured value target range code
EP81: operating conditions
EQ81, EQ88, EQ8H, JQ81: triggering event
EW11, EW12: physical parameter reference status code
EW16: specific physical parameter status code
EW1T: physical parameter application state code
EW1U, EW1V: physical parameter object state code
EX81: application environment
FA81, FB81: measuring application functions
FK8E: full measurement range representation
FP81, FR81: constraint condition
FQ11, FU11: sensor specification
FT21, FW22: timer specification
FY81, FZ81: encoding images
GA812, GA8T1: physical parameter representation
GA83, GB82: physical parameter candidate range representation
GA8E, GB8E: nominal physical parameter range representation
GA8L, GB8L: physical parameter application range representation
GA8HE: nominal clock time interval representation
GA8HU: clock time application interval representation
GA8HR: clock time reference interval representation
GA8HT: clock time specified interval representation
GA8KV, GB8KV: length of time representation
GA8T: physical parameter candidate range representation
GA8TR, GB8TR: clock time representation
GAL8, GBL8: measuring application function specifications
GD81, GE81: time control
GM8T, GM8U, GT81, GU81: data storage control operations
GQ81, GW81: sensor sensitivity representation
GQ8R, GW8R: sensor measurement range representation
GS81, GY80, GY81, GY85, GY89: signal generation control
GX8T, GX8U: physical parameter relationship checking control
HA0T: control device identifier
HA22, HA2T: application unit identifier
HC81: handle type identifier
HE81, HE82, HF81, HF82: sensing signal generation
HH81, HH91, HH95, HQ81, HQ92: specifying measurement value formats
HK81: control data code type identifier
HM81: measuring range limit data code type identifier
HR1E: nominal clock time interval
HR1E1, HR1E2: clock time reference interval
HR1E4, HR1E7: specific clock time interval
HR1ET: clock time specified interval
HR1ET1: starting limit time
HR1ET2: end limit time
HR1EU: clock time application interval
HR1N: nominal measurement value range
HZ22, HZ2T: electrical usage target identifier
JA1A, JB1A, QG1A, QL1A, QP2A, QU1A, QY1A: variable physical parameters
JE11, JE12: physical parameter reference state
JE16: state of a particular physical parameter
JE1T: physical parameter application state
JE1U, JE1V, JE1W: physical parameter target state
JN81: sequence of measured values
JP81: situation(s)
JY81: sequence of measured values
KD85, KD8L, KD8T, KD8U, KD9T, KD9U: physical parameter relationship
KA81, KA91, KH81, KM51, KV51, KQ81, KV83, KV85, KY81, KK91, KK92: mathematical relationship
KE8A, KE8B, KE9A, KE9B: range relationships
KJ81: numerical relationship
KP81, KP85: arithmetic relation
KQ81: mathematical relationship, first mathematical relationship
KQ82: second mathematical relationship
KT81: temporal relationship
KV81, KV86, KV91: mathematical relationship
KW81: numerical intersection relationships
LA81, LA82: status indication
LB81, LB82: status indication
LC81, LD81: actual position
LD91, LD92: position in space
LE81: relative interval position
And LF8A: variable length of time
LH8T: specified length of time
LH8U: length of application time
LJ8V: length of reference time
LP81, SP81: electrical signal
LQ81, SQ81: optical signal
LT8V: length of application time
LX8H, LY81, LZ82, LZ8H: measurement information
MC81: first science of computing
And (3) MD81: second science of computing
ME81, ME85, MF81, MF83, MG81, MH85, MK81, MQ81, MR82, MZ81: scientific calculation
NA8A, NE8A, NK8A: data determination program
ND8A, NF8A: data acquisition program
NP91: specific count value
NR81: clock reference time value
NS81: number of total reference ranges
NT81: number of total reference ranges
NY80, NY81: measured value
NY8A: variable counter value
PB51, PB81, PB82, PB91, PE81, PH91, PR81, PY81, PZ82, PZ91, PZ92: logic determination
PF9T, PM8L, PV8L, XC9T, XC92, YM82, YM85, YN81, YX82, YX85, YX8L: memory location
PW81: make a reasonable decision
QB81: default time reference interval order
QD12, QD1L, QD1T, QD5T: specifying physical parameters
QK8E: full measurement range
QP15: specific physical parameters
QU15, QU17, QU18: specific physical parameters
RA8E, RB8E: sensor measuring range
RC1E, RD1E: range of rated physical parameters
RC1E1, RD1E1: physical parameter reference range
RC1E2: reference range of physical parameter, candidate range of physical parameter
RC1E3: physical parameter candidate ranges
RC1E4, RC1E7: range of specific physical parameters
RC1EL, RD1EJ, RD1EL: application scope of physical parameters
RC1N, RD1N: nominal measurement value range
RD1E2: reference range of physical parameter, candidate range of physical parameter
RD1E4, RD1E5, RD1E6, RD1EA, RD1EB, RD2E5, RD2E6: range of specific physical parameters
RD1ET, RD1EU, RD1EV, RD1EW: physical parameter target range
RL81: positive operation report
RM11, RN11: reference range of measured value
RM12: reference range of measured value, candidate range of measured value
RM17, RN15: specific measurement value range
RM1L, RN1L: range of application of measured value
And (3) the RN12: reference range of measured value, candidate range of measured value
RN1G, RN1H: measurement value indication range
RN1T, RN1U: target range of measured value
RQ11, RQ12: reference range of measured values
RQ1T: specified range of measured value
RQ1U: range of application of measured value
RW1EL, RY1ET, RY1EV: corresponding to the range of physical parameters
RX1T: corresponding to the measured value range
SB81: physical parameter signal
SC80, SC81, SC82, SC83, SC88, SC97, SD81, SD82, SF81, SF85, SF97, SV81, SV82: control signal
SE81, SE8H: control response signal
SG72, SG77, SG80, SG81, SG82, SG85, SG87, SG88, SG89, SG8A, SG8B, SG97: operating signal
SJ71, SJ72, SJ81, SJ91, SJ92, SJ9A, SJ9B, SX81, SX88, SX8H, SZ81, SZ91, SZ92: operation request signal
SK91: clock time signal
SL81: drive signal
SM81, SM82, SM91, SN81, SN82, SN83, SN85, SN91, SY80, SY81: sensing signal
SN811, SN812: sensing signal components
SS11, SU11: storage space
SW82, SW83, SW84, SW85: instruction signal
SX8A: trigger signal
TB81, TB82, TD81, TF82, TX81, TX82, TY81: time of operation
TE82, TG83, TW81, TY81: specified time
TH1A: time of clock
TJ8V: specific time
TK81: control data code type
TL11, TP11, TU1G: type of physical parameter
TM81: code type of measuring range limit data
TQ11: clock time type
TR81: time of reference of clock
TT81: time of triggering
TT82: starting time
TZ8V: end time
UA8T: control application code
UF8A: variable clock time interval code
UF8T, UF8U: clock time application interval code
UH8T: interrupt request signal
UL81: default characteristic physical parameter
UM8A, UN8A: variable physical parameter range code
UM8L: physical parameter application range code
UN85, UN86: code for specifying physical parameter range
UN8T, UQ1U, UN1V, UN1W: physical parameter target range code
And (4) UQ11: physical parameter specified range code
And (2) a UQ12: physical parameter specified range code
uW81, UW82: specific input code
UX81, UX92, UY81, UY91, UY95: specifying the number of bits
VA11, VC11, VL81: relative value
VG81: allowable value
VH8T, VH8U: measuring time length values
VM81, VM82, VM91, VN81, VN82, VN83, VN85, VN91: measured value
WA8L, WB8L, WC8T, WD81, WN8L, WN8T, WS8U: write request information
WJ11: electrical application target
WU11, WU21: timed mode of operation
WX8HE: first data encoding rule
WX8HU: second data encoding rule
XA8A: variable physical state
XA81: non-characteristic physical parameter arrival state
XA82: actual characteristic physical parameter arrival state
XH81, XH82, XJ81, XJ82: specific state
XK81, XU81: operation reference data code
XP81, XR81: specific empirical formula
XS81: specific empirical formula
XV81: operation reference data code
YJ81: selection tool
YM8L, YM8T, YX8T: memory location
YQ81, YW81: sensitivity of sensor
YS81, YS82, YS8T, YS8U: memory location
YU91: default data export rules
ZD1L1, ZD1L2: presetting physical parameter application range boundary
ZD1T1, ZD1T2, ZD1U1, ZD1U2: default physical parameter target Range boundary
ZF81: subtraction operation
ZL82: characteristic physical parameter arrival
ZT81: sensing operations
ZU81: verifying operations

Claims (12)

  1. A functional device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state, the functional device comprising:
    a timer that senses a clock time to generate a sense signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range; and
    a processing unit coupled to the timer for obtaining a measurement value in response to the sensing signal and bringing the variable physical parameter to the physical parameter target state if the processing unit determines that the clock time enters the clock time application interval by checking a first mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the measurement value application range.
  2. The functional device of claim 1, further comprising a receiving unit coupled to the processing unit, and a physical parameter application unit coupled to the processing unit, wherein:
    the clock time is further characterized based on a clock time specification interval that is different from the clock time application interval, wherein the clock time specification interval is earlier than the clock time application interval;
    After the receiving unit receives a control signal from a control device, the processing unit obtains a measurement value sequence containing the measurement values in response to the sensing signal due to the control signal, wherein the control signal functions to indicate the clock time specified interval;
    the control device is one of a mobile device and a remote controller;
    in a condition that the control device is the remote controller, the control signal is an optical signal;
    the processing unit makes a logical decision whether the clock time enters the clock time application interval from the clock time specification interval by checking a second mathematical relationship between the measurement value sequence and the measurement value application range, and determines the clock time application interval entered on condition that the logical decision is affirmative;
    the timer conforms to a timer specification, wherein the measurement value application range is defaulted based on the timer specification;
    the timer specification includes a full measurement value range representation for representing a full measurement value range, wherein the measurement value application range is equal to a portion of the full measurement value range;
    the measurement values are obtained in a specified measurement value format;
    The measurement value application range is preset in the specified measurement value format based on the timer specification;
    the measuring value application range has application range limit value pairs and is represented by a measuring value application range code, wherein the application range limit value pairs are preset;
    said processing unit being responsive to said control signal to obtain said pair of application range limit values and said measurement value application range code and to check said first mathematical relationship by comparing said measurement value with said obtained pair of application range limit values;
    the physical parameter target state is represented by a physical parameter target state code;
    the physical parameter application unit has the variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is in a physical parameter application state when the processing unit checks the first mathematical relationship;
    under the condition that the processing unit determines the clock time application section entered by checking the first mathematical relationship, the processing unit obtains the physical parameter target state code based on the obtained measurement value application range code, and performs physical parameter relationship checking control for checking a physical parameter relationship between the variable physical parameter and the physical parameter target state based on the obtained physical parameter target state code;
    Under the condition that the physical parameter application state is different from the physical parameter target state and the processing unit determines a physical parameter state difference between the physical parameter target state and the physical parameter application state by performing the physical parameter relationship check control, the processing unit performs signal generation control based on the obtained physical parameter target state code to generate an operation signal, and transmits the operation signal to the physical parameter application unit;
    the physical parameter applying unit is used for enabling the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target state from the physical parameter applying state in response to the operation signal;
    under the condition that the processing unit determines the entered clock time application section by checking the first mathematical relationship, the processing unit performs a data storage control operation for causing a clock time application section code representing the determined clock time application section to be stored; and
    the variable physical parameter and the clock time belong to a physical parameter type and a clock time type, respectively, wherein the physical parameter type is different from the clock time type.
  3. The functional device of claim 1, further comprising an input unit coupled to the processing unit, and a physical parameter application unit coupled to the processing unit, wherein:
    the timer conforms to a timer specification, wherein the measurement value application range is defaulted based on the timer specification;
    the timer specification includes a full measurement value range representation for representing a full measurement value range, wherein the measurement value application range is equal to a first portion of the full measurement value range;
    the processing unit is configured to perform a measurement application function related to the clock time application interval;
    the measurement application function conforms to a measurement application function specification associated with the clock time application interval;
    the processing unit is responsive to the sense signal to obtain the measurement value in a specified measurement value format, wherein the specified measurement value format is characterized based on a specified number of bits;
    the clock time is further characterized based on a nominal clock time interval, wherein the nominal clock time interval is represented by a nominal measurement range and comprises a plurality of different clock time reference intervals respectively represented by a plurality of different measurement reference ranges;
    The plurality of different clock time reference intervals includes the clock time application interval;
    the measurement application function specification comprises the timer specification, a nominal clock time interval representation for representing the nominal clock time interval, and a clock time application interval representation for representing the clock time application interval;
    the nominal measurement value range is equal to at least a second portion of the full measurement value range, is preset in the specified measurement value format based on one of the timer specification, the measurement application function specification, and a first data encoding rule, has a nominal range limit value pair, and contains the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges respectively represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, wherein the nominal range limit value pair is preset in the specified measurement value format, and the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges contain the measurement value application range;
    the first data encoding rule is for converting the nominal clock time interval representation and is formulated based on the timer specification;
    the measurement value application range is represented by a measurement value application range code included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, having an application range limit value pair, and being preset in the specified measurement value format based on one of the timer specification, the measurement application function specification, and a second data encoding rule, wherein the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes are all defaulted based on the measurement application function specification;
    The second data encoding rule is for converting the clock time application interval representation and is formulated based on the timer specification;
    the application range limit value pair comprises a first application range limit value and a second application range limit value relative to the first application range limit value;
    the functional device further includes a storage unit coupled to the processing unit and includes a trigger application unit coupled to the processing unit;
    the storage unit stores the default rated range limit value pair and a variable clock time interval code;
    the variable clock time interval code is equal to a specific measurement value range code selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes when a trigger event related to the trigger application unit occurs, wherein the specific measurement value range code indicates a specific clock time interval previously determined based on a sensing operation selected from the plurality of different clock time reference intervals, and the sensing operation performed by the timer is for sensing the clock time;
    the specific measurement value range code is assigned to the variable clock time interval code before the triggering event occurs;
    The trigger application unit responds to the trigger event to enable the processing unit to receive an operation request signal;
    on condition that the trigger event occurs, the processing unit obtains an operation reference data code from the storage unit in response to the operation request signal, and performs data determination using the operation reference data code by executing a data determination program to determine the measurement value application range code selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes so as to select the measurement value application range from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges;
    the operational reference data code is identical to an allowable reference data code that is defaulted based on the measurement application functional specification;
    the data determination program is constructed based on the measurement application functional specification;
    the data determination is one of a first data determination operation and a second data determination operation;
    on the condition that the operation reference data code is obtained to be identical to the specific measurement value range code by accessing the variable clock time interval code stored in the storage unit, it is the data determination of the first data determination operation that determines the measurement value application range code based on the obtained specific measurement value range code, wherein the first data determination operation is a first scientific calculation using the obtained specific measurement value range code, and the determined measurement value application range code is identical to or different from the obtained specific measurement value range code;
    Under the condition that the operation reference data code is obtained to be identical to the preset nominal range limit value pair by accessing the nominal range limit value pair stored in the storage unit, the data determination that is the second data determination operation selects the measurement value application range code from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes by performing a second scientific calculation using the measurement value and the obtained nominal range limit value pair to determine the measurement value application range code, wherein the second scientific calculation is performed based on a specific empirical formula, and the specific empirical formula is formulated in advance based on the preset nominal range limit value pair and the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes;
    the processing unit applies a range code to the measured value to obtain a pair of application range limit values, based on the determined measured value, checks the first mathematical relationship to make a logical decision whether the measured value is within the selected application range of the measured value based on a data comparison between the measured value and the obtained pair of application range limit values, and determines the situation on condition that the logical decision is affirmative;
    On a condition that the particular measurement value range code is different from the determined measurement value application range code and the processing unit determines the clock time application interval entered by making the logical decision, the processing unit uses the storage unit to assign the determined measurement value application range code to the variable clock time interval code based on a code difference between the variable clock time interval code equal to the particular measurement value range code and the determined measurement value application range code;
    the input unit comprises a button;
    the physical parameter application unit has the variable physical parameter;
    the variable physical parameter is further characterized based on a particular physical parameter state different from the physical parameter target state;
    the input unit receives a user input operation using the button on a condition that the processing unit causes the variable physical parameter to be in the physical parameter target state by checking the first mathematical relationship; and
    the processing unit transmits an operation signal for causing the variable physical parameter to leave the physical parameter target state to enter the specific physical parameter state to the physical parameter application unit in response to the user input operation.
  4. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state, the method comprising the steps of:
    sensing a clock time to generate a sense signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range;
    obtaining a measurement value in response to the sensing signal; and
    bringing the variable physical parameter to the physical parameter target state on condition that the clock time enters the clock time application interval is determined by checking a first mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the measurement value application range.
  5. The method of claim 4, wherein:
    the clock time is further characterized based on a clock time specification interval that is different from the clock time application interval, wherein the clock time specification interval is earlier than the clock time application interval;
    the method further comprises the steps of:
    providing a timer, wherein the step of sensing the clock time is performed using the timer; and
    receiving a control signal from a control device, wherein the control signal functions to indicate the clock time specified interval;
    The control device is one of a mobile device and a remote controller;
    in a condition that the control device is the remote controller, the control signal is an optical signal;
    the step of obtaining said measured value comprises the sub-steps of: obtaining a sequence of measurement values comprising the measurement values as a result of the control signal in response to the sense signal after the control signal is received;
    the method further comprises the steps of:
    making a logical determination of whether the clock time has entered the clock time application interval from the clock time specified interval by examining a second mathematical relationship between the sequence of measurements and the range of measurement applications; and
    on a condition that the logical decision is affirmative, determining the clock time application interval entered;
    the timer conforms to a timer specification, wherein the measurement value application range is defaulted based on the timer specification;
    the timer specification includes a full measurement value range representation for representing a full measurement value range, wherein the measurement value application range is equal to a portion of the full measurement value range;
    the measurement values are obtained in a specified measurement value format;
    The measurement value application range is preset in the specified measurement value format based on the timer specification;
    the measuring value application range has application range limit value pairs and is represented by a measuring value application range code, wherein the application range limit value pairs are preset;
    the method further comprises the steps of:
    responding to the control signal, and obtaining the application range limit value pair and the measured value application range code; and
    checking said first mathematical relationship by comparing said measured value with said obtained pair of application range limit values;
    the physical parameter target state is represented by a physical parameter target state code;
    when the first mathematical relationship is checked, the variable physical parameter is in a physical parameter application state;
    the step of bringing said variable physical parameter to said physical parameter target state comprises the sub-steps of:
    obtaining the physical parameter target state code based on the obtained measurement application range code on a condition that the entered clock time application interval is determined by checking the first mathematical relationship;
    executing a physical parameter relationship checking control for checking a physical parameter relationship between the variable physical parameter and the physical parameter target state based on the obtained physical parameter target state code;
    Performing signal generation control based on the obtained physical parameter target state code to generate an operation signal under a condition that the physical parameter application state is different from the physical parameter target state and a physical parameter state difference between the physical parameter target state and the physical parameter application state is determined by performing the physical parameter relationship check control; and
    in response to the operation signal, causing the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target state from the physical parameter application state;
    the method further comprises the steps of: performing a data storage control operation for causing a clock time application interval code representing the determined clock time application interval to be stored, on a condition that the entered clock time application interval is determined by checking the first mathematical relationship; and
    the variable physical parameter and the clock time belong to a physical parameter type and a clock time type, respectively, wherein the physical parameter type is different from the clock time type.
  6. The method of claim 4, wherein:
    the method further comprises the steps of:
    Providing a timer, wherein the step of sensing the clock time is performed using the timer; and
    executing a measurement application function related to the clock time application interval;
    the timer conforms to a timer specification, wherein the measurement value application range is defaulted based on the timer specification;
    the timer specification includes a full measurement value range representation for representing a full measurement value range, wherein the measurement value application range is equal to a first portion of the full measurement value range;
    the measurement application function conforms to a measurement application function specification associated with the clock time application interval;
    the measurement is obtained in a specified measurement format, wherein the specified measurement format is characterized based on a specified number of bits;
    the clock time is further characterized based on a nominal clock time interval, wherein the nominal clock time interval is represented by a nominal measurement range and comprises a plurality of different clock time reference intervals respectively represented by a plurality of different measurement reference ranges;
    the plurality of different clock time reference intervals includes the clock time application interval;
    the measurement application function specification comprises the timer specification, a nominal clock time interval representation for representing the nominal clock time interval, and a clock time application interval representation for representing the clock time application interval;
    Said nominal measurement value range being equal to at least a second portion of said full measurement value range, being preset in said specified measurement value format based on one of said timer specification, said measurement application function specification and a first data encoding rule, having a nominal range limit value pair, and containing said plurality of different measurement value reference ranges represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, respectively, wherein said nominal range limit value pair is preset in said specified measurement value format and said plurality of different measurement value reference ranges contain said measurement value application range;
    the first data encoding rule is for converting the nominal clock time interval representation and is formulated based on the timer specification;
    the measurement value application range is represented by a measurement value application range code included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, having an application range limit value pair, and being preset in the specified measurement value format based on one of the timer specification, the measurement application function specification, and a second data encoding rule, wherein the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes are all defaulted based on the measurement application function specification;
    The second data encoding rule is for converting the clock time application interval representation and is formulated based on the timer specification;
    the application range limit value pair comprises a first application range limit value and a second application range limit value relative to the first application range limit value;
    the method further comprises the steps of:
    providing a storage space; and
    storing the preset rated range limit value pair and a variable clock time interval code in the storage space;
    when a trigger event occurs, the variable clock time interval code is equal to a particular measurement value range code selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, wherein the particular measurement value range code indicates a particular clock time interval previously determined based on a sensing operation, the particular clock time interval is selected from the plurality of different clock time reference intervals, and the sensing operation performed by the timer is for sensing the clock time;
    the specific measurement value range code is assigned to the variable clock time interval code before the triggering event occurs;
    the method further comprises the steps of:
    Receiving an operation request signal in response to the trigger event;
    under the condition that the trigger event occurs, obtaining an operation reference data code from the storage space in response to the operation request signal; and
    performing data determination using the operation reference data code by executing a data determination program, determining the measurement application range code selected from the plurality of different measurement reference range codes to select the measurement application range from the plurality of different measurement reference ranges;
    the operational reference data code is identical to an allowable reference data code that is defaulted based on the measurement application functional specification;
    the data determination program is constructed based on the measurement application functional specification;
    the data determination is one of a first data determination operation and a second data determination operation;
    on the condition that the operation reference data code is obtained to be identical to the specific measurement value range code by accessing the variable clock time interval code stored in the storage space, it is the data determination of the first data determination operation that determines the measurement value application range code based on the obtained specific measurement value range code, wherein the first data determination operation is a first scientific calculation using the obtained specific measurement value range code, and the determined measurement value application range code is identical to or different from the obtained specific measurement value range code;
    On a condition that the operation reference data code is obtained to be identical to the preset nominal range limit value pair by accessing the nominal range limit value pair stored in the storage space, it is the data determination of the second data determination operation that selects the measurement value application range code from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes by performing a second scientific calculation using the measurement value and the obtained nominal range limit value pair to determine the measurement value application range code, wherein the second scientific calculation is performed based on a specific empirical formula, and the specific empirical formula is formulated in advance based on the preset nominal range limit value pair and the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes;
    the method further comprises the steps of:
    obtaining the application range limit value pair based on the determined measurement value application range code;
    checking the first mathematical relationship to make a logical decision whether the measurement value is within the selected application range of the measurement value based on a data comparison between the measurement value and the obtained application range limit value pair; and
    -determining said condition, in the condition that said logical decision is positive;
    the method further comprises the steps of: assigning the determined measurement value application range code to the variable clock time interval code based on a code difference between the variable clock time interval code equal to the particular measurement value range code and the determined measurement value application range code, on a condition that the particular measurement value range code is different from the determined measurement value application range code and the entered clock time application interval is determined by making the logical decision;
    the variable physical parameter is further characterized based on a particular physical parameter state different from the physical parameter target state; and
    the method further comprises the steps of:
    providing a button;
    receiving a user input operation using the button on a condition that the variable physical parameter is caused to be in the physical parameter target state by checking the first mathematical relationship; and
    generating an operation signal for causing the variable physical parameter to leave the physical parameter target state to enter the specific physical parameter state in response to the user input operation.
  7. A functional device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state, the functional device comprising:
    a timer sensing a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range; and
    a processing unit coupled to the timer for obtaining a measurement value in response to the sensing signal and for bringing the variable physical parameter to the physical parameter target state if the processing unit determines the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located by examining a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the measurement value application range.
  8. The functional device of claim 7, further comprising a receiving unit coupled to the processing unit, and a physical parameter application unit coupled to the processing unit, wherein:
    the clock time is further characterized based on a clock time specification interval that is different from the clock time application interval, wherein the clock time specification interval is earlier than the clock time application interval;
    After the receiving unit receives a control signal from a control device, the processing unit obtains the measurement value in response to the sensing signal due to the control signal, wherein the control signal functions to indicate the clock time designation interval;
    the control device is one of a mobile device and a remote controller;
    in a condition that the control device is the remote controller, the control signal is an optical signal;
    the timer conforms to a timer specification, wherein the measurement value application range is defaulted based on the timer specification;
    the timer specification includes a full measurement value range representation for representing a full measurement value range, wherein the measurement value application range is equal to a portion of the full measurement value range;
    the measurement values are obtained in a specified measurement value format;
    the measurement value application range is preset in the specified measurement value format based on the timer specification;
    the measuring value application range has application range limit value pairs and is represented by a measuring value application range code, wherein the application range limit value pairs are preset;
    said processing unit being responsive to said control signal to obtain said application range limit value pair and said measurement value application range code and to check said mathematical relationship by comparing said measurement value with said obtained application range limit value pair;
    The physical parameter target state is represented by a physical parameter target state code;
    the physical parameter application unit has the variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is in a physical parameter application state when the processing unit checks the mathematical relationship;
    under the condition that the processing unit determines the clock time application section in which the clock time is presently located by checking the mathematical relationship, the processing unit obtains the physical parameter target state code based on the obtained measurement value application range code, and performs physical parameter relationship checking control for checking a physical parameter relationship between the variable physical parameter and the physical parameter target state based on the obtained physical parameter target state code;
    under the condition that the physical parameter application state is different from the physical parameter target state and the processing unit determines a physical parameter state difference between the physical parameter target state and the physical parameter application state by performing the physical parameter relationship check control, the processing unit performs signal generation control based on the obtained physical parameter target state code to generate an operation signal, and transmits the operation signal to the physical parameter application unit;
    The physical parameter applying unit is used for enabling the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target state from the physical parameter applying state in response to the operation signal;
    under the condition that the processing unit determines the clock time application section in which the clock time is currently located by checking the mathematical relationship, the processing unit performs a data storage control operation for causing a clock time application section code representing the determined clock time application section to be stored; and
    the variable physical parameter and the clock time are of a physical parameter type and a clock time type, respectively, wherein the physical parameter type is different from the clock time type.
  9. The functional apparatus of claim 7, wherein:
    the timer conforms to a timer specification, wherein the measurement value application range is defaulted based on the timer specification;
    the timer specification includes a full measurement value range representation for representing a full measurement value range, wherein the measurement value application range is equal to a first portion of the full measurement value range;
    the processing unit is configured to perform a measurement application function related to the clock time application interval;
    The measurement application function conforms to a measurement application function specification associated with the clock time application interval;
    the processing unit is responsive to the sense signal to obtain the measurement value in a specified measurement value format, wherein the specified measurement value format is characterized based on a specified number of bits;
    the clock time is further characterized based on a nominal clock time interval, wherein the nominal clock time interval is represented by a nominal measurement range and comprises a plurality of different clock time reference intervals respectively represented by a plurality of different measurement reference ranges;
    the plurality of different clock time reference intervals includes the clock time application interval;
    the measurement application function specification comprises the timer specification, a nominal clock time interval representation for representing the nominal clock time interval, and a clock time application interval representation for representing the clock time application interval;
    said nominal measurement value range being equal to at least a second portion of said full measurement value range, being preset in said specified measurement value format based on one of said timer specification, said measurement application function specification and a first data encoding rule, having a nominal range limit value pair, and containing said plurality of different measurement value reference ranges represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, respectively, wherein said nominal range limit value pair is preset in said specified measurement value format and said plurality of different measurement value reference ranges contain said measurement value application range;
    The first data encoding rule is for converting the nominal clock time interval representation and is formulated based on the timer specification;
    the measurement value application range is represented by a measurement value application range code included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, having an application range limit value pair, and being preset in the specified measurement value format based on one of the timer specification, the measurement application function specification, and a second data encoding rule, wherein the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes are all defaulted based on the measurement application function specification;
    the second data encoding rule is for converting the clock time application interval representation and is formulated based on the timer specification;
    the application range limit value pair comprises a first application range limit value and a second application range limit value relative to the first application range limit value;
    the functional device further includes a storage unit coupled to the processing unit and includes a trigger application unit coupled to the processing unit;
    the storage unit stores the default rated range limit value pair and a variable clock time interval code;
    The variable clock time interval code is equal to a specific measurement value range code selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes when a trigger event related to the trigger application unit occurs, wherein the specific measurement value range code indicates a specific clock time interval previously determined based on a sensing operation selected from the plurality of different clock time reference intervals, and the sensing operation performed by the timer is for sensing the clock time;
    the specific measurement value range code is assigned to the variable clock time interval code before the triggering event occurs;
    the trigger application unit responds to the trigger event to enable the processing unit to receive an operation request signal;
    on a condition that the trigger event occurs, the processing unit obtains an operation reference data code from the storage unit in response to the operation request signal, and performs data determination using the operation reference data code by executing a data determination program to determine the measurement value application range code selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes so as to select the measurement value application range from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges;
    The operational reference data code is identical to an allowable reference data code that is defaulted based on the measurement application functional specification;
    the data determination program is constructed based on the measurement application functional specification;
    the data determination is one of a first data determination operation and a second data determination operation;
    on the condition that the operation reference data code is obtained to be identical to the specific measurement value range code by accessing the variable clock time interval code stored in the storage unit, it is the data determination of the first data determination operation that determines the measurement value application range code based on the obtained specific measurement value range code, wherein the first data determination operation is a first scientific calculation using the obtained specific measurement value range code, and the determined measurement value application range code is identical to or different from the obtained specific measurement value range code;
    under the condition that the operation reference data code is obtained to be identical to the preset nominal range limit value pair by accessing the nominal range limit value pair stored in the storage unit, the data determination that is the second data determination operation selects the measurement value application range code from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes by performing a second scientific calculation using the measurement value and the obtained nominal range limit value pair to determine the measurement value application range code, wherein the second scientific calculation is performed based on a specific empirical formula, and the specific empirical formula is formulated in advance based on the preset nominal range limit value pair and the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes;
    The processing unit obtains the application range limit value pair based on the determined measurement value application range code, checks the mathematical relationship based on a data comparison between the measurement value and the obtained application range limit value pair to make a logical decision whether the measurement value is within the selected measurement value application range, and determines the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located if the logical decision is affirmative;
    on a condition that the particular measurement value range code is different from the determined measurement value application range code and the processing unit determines the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located by making the logical decision, the processing unit uses the storage unit to assign the determined measurement value application range code to the variable clock time interval code based on a code difference between the variable clock time interval code equal to the particular measurement value range code and the determined measurement value application range code;
    the input unit comprises a button;
    the physical parameter application unit is provided with the variable physical parameters;
    The variable physical parameter is further characterized based on a particular physical parameter state different from the physical parameter target state;
    the input unit receives a user input operation using the button on a condition that the processing unit causes the variable physical parameter to be in the physical parameter target state by checking the first mathematical relationship; and
    the processing unit transmits an operation signal for causing the variable physical parameter to leave the physical parameter target state to enter the specific physical parameter state to the physical parameter application unit in response to the user input operation.
  10. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state, the method comprising the steps of:
    sensing a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range;
    obtaining a measurement value in response to the sensing signal; and
    bringing the variable physical parameter to the physical parameter target state on condition that the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located is determined by checking a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the measurement value application range.
  11. The method of claim 10, wherein:
    the clock time is further characterized based on a clock time specification interval that is different from the clock time application interval, wherein the clock time specification interval is earlier than the clock time application interval;
    the method further comprises the steps of:
    providing a timer, wherein the step of sensing the clock time is performed using the timer; and
    receiving a control signal from a control device, wherein the control signal functions to indicate the clock time designation interval;
    the control device is one of a mobile device and a remote controller;
    in a condition that the control device is the remote controller, the control signal is an optical signal;
    the step of obtaining said measured value comprises the sub-steps of: obtaining the measurement value as a result of the control signal in response to the sense signal after the control signal is received;
    the timer conforms to a timer specification, wherein the measurement value application range is defaulted based on the timer specification;
    the timer specification includes a full measurement value range representation for representing a full measurement value range, wherein the measurement value application range is equal to a portion of the full measurement value range;
    The measurement values are obtained in a specified measurement value format;
    the measurement value application range is preset in the specified measurement value format based on the timer specification;
    the measuring value application range has application range limit value pairs and is represented by a measuring value application range code, wherein the application range limit value pairs are preset;
    the method further comprises the steps of:
    responding to the control signal, and obtaining the application range limit value pair and the measured value application range code; and
    checking said mathematical relationship by comparing said measured value with said obtained pair of application range limit values;
    the physical parameter target state is represented by a physical parameter target state code;
    when the mathematical relationship is checked, the variable physical parameter is in a physical parameter application state;
    the step of bringing said variable physical parameter to said physical parameter target state comprises the sub-steps of:
    obtaining the physical parameter target state code based on the obtained measurement application range code on the condition that the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located is determined by checking the mathematical relationship;
    Executing physical parameter relationship check control for checking a physical parameter relationship between the variable physical parameter and the physical parameter target state, based on the obtained physical parameter target state code;
    performing signal generation control based on the obtained physical parameter target state code to generate an operation signal under a condition that the physical parameter application state is different from the physical parameter target state and a physical parameter state difference between the physical parameter target state and the physical parameter application state is determined by performing the physical parameter relationship check control; and
    in response to the operation signal, causing the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target state from the physical parameter application state;
    the method further comprises the steps of: performing a data storage control operation for causing a clock time application interval code representing the determined clock time application interval to be stored, on a condition that the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located is determined by checking the mathematical relationship; and
    the variable physical parameter and the clock time are of a physical parameter type and a clock time type, respectively, wherein the physical parameter type is different from the clock time type.
  12. The method of claim 10, wherein:
    the method further comprises the steps of:
    providing a timer, wherein the step of sensing the clock time is performed using the timer; and
    performing a measurement application function associated with the clock time application interval;
    the timer conforms to a timer specification, wherein the measurement value application range is defaulted based on the timer specification;
    the timer specification includes a full measurement value range representation for representing a full measurement value range, wherein the measurement value application range is equal to a first portion of the full measurement value range;
    the measurement application function conforms to a measurement application function specification associated with the clock time application interval;
    the measurement is obtained in a specified measurement format, wherein the specified measurement format is characterized based on a specified number of bits;
    the clock time is further characterized based on a nominal clock time interval, wherein the nominal clock time interval is represented by a nominal measurement range and comprises a plurality of different clock time reference intervals respectively represented by a plurality of different measurement reference ranges;
    The plurality of different clock time reference intervals includes the clock time application interval;
    the measurement application function specification comprises the timer specification, a nominal clock time interval representation for representing the nominal clock time interval, and a clock time application interval representation for representing the clock time application interval;
    said nominal measurement value range being equal to at least a second portion of said full measurement value range, being preset in said specified measurement value format based on one of said timer specification, said measurement application function specification and a first data encoding rule, having a nominal range limit value pair, and containing said plurality of different measurement value reference ranges represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, respectively, wherein said nominal range limit value pair is preset in said specified measurement value format and said plurality of different measurement value reference ranges contain said measurement value application range;
    the first data encoding rule is for converting the nominal clock time interval representation and is formulated based on the timer specification;
    the measurement value application range is represented by a measurement value application range code included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, having an application range limit value pair, and being preset in the specified measurement value format based on one of the timer specification, the measurement application function specification, and a second data encoding rule, wherein the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes are all defaulted based on the measurement application function specification;
    The second data encoding rule is for converting the clock time application interval representation and is formulated based on the timer specification;
    the application range limit value pair comprises a first application range limit value and a second application range limit value relative to the first application range limit value;
    the method further comprises the steps of:
    providing a storage space; and
    storing the preset rated range limit value pair and a variable clock time interval code in the storage space;
    when a trigger event occurs, the variable clock time interval code is equal to a particular measurement value range code selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, wherein the particular measurement value range code indicates a particular clock time interval previously determined based on a sensing operation, the particular clock time interval is selected from the plurality of different clock time reference intervals, and the sensing operation performed by the timer is for sensing the clock time;
    the specific measurement value range code is assigned to the variable clock interval code before the triggering event occurs;
    the method further comprises the steps of:
    Receiving an operation request signal in response to the trigger event;
    under the condition that the trigger event occurs, obtaining an operation reference data code from the storage space in response to the operation request signal; and
    performing data determination using the operation reference data code by executing a data determination program, determining the measurement application range code selected from the plurality of different measurement reference range codes to select the measurement application range from the plurality of different measurement reference ranges;
    the operational reference data code is identical to an allowable reference data code that is defaulted based on the measurement application functional specification;
    the data determination program is constructed based on the measurement application functional specification;
    the data determination is one of a first data determination operation and a second data determination operation;
    on the condition that the operation reference data code is obtained to be identical to the specific measurement value range code by accessing the variable clock time interval code stored in the storage space, it is the data determination of the first data determination operation that determines the measurement value application range code based on the obtained specific measurement value range code, wherein the first data determination operation is a first scientific calculation using the obtained specific measurement value range code, and the determined measurement value application range code is identical to or different from the obtained specific measurement value range code;
    Under the condition that the operation reference data code is obtained to be identical to the preset nominal range limit value pair by accessing the nominal range limit value pair stored in the storage space, the data determination that is the second data determination operation selects the measurement value application range code from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes by performing a second scientific calculation using the measurement value and the obtained nominal range limit value pair to determine the measurement value application range code, wherein the second scientific calculation is performed based on a specific empirical formula, and the specific empirical formula is formulated in advance based on the preset nominal range limit value pair and the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes;
    the method further comprises the steps of:
    obtaining the application range limit value pair based on the determined measurement value application range code;
    checking the mathematical relationship to make a logical decision whether the measurement value is within the selected application range of the measurement value based on a data comparison between the measurement value and the obtained pair of application range limit values; and
    On a condition that the logical decision is affirmative, determining the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located;
    the method further comprises the steps of: assigning the determined measurement value application range code to the variable clock interval code based on a code difference between the variable clock interval code equal to the particular measurement value range code and the determined measurement value application range code, on a condition that the particular measurement value range code is different from the determined measurement value application range code and the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located is determined by making the logical decision;
    the variable physical parameter is further characterized based on a particular physical parameter state different from the physical parameter target state; and
    the method further comprises the steps of:
    providing a button;
    receiving a user input operation using the button on a condition that the variable physical parameter is caused to be in the physical parameter target state by checking the first mathematical relationship; and
    generating an operation signal for causing the variable physical parameter to leave the physical parameter target state to enter the specific physical parameter state in response to the user input operation.
CN202080091312.1A 2019-12-31 2020-12-29 Functional device and method for controlling variable physical parameters Pending CN115398351A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN2019114186526 2019-12-31
CN201911418652.6A CN113126481A (en) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 Control target device and method for controlling variable physical parameter
PCT/CN2020/140745 WO2021136253A1 (en) 2019-12-31 2020-12-29 Functional apparatus and method for controlling variable physical parameters

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN115398351A true CN115398351A (en) 2022-11-25

Family

ID=76769359

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201911418652.6A Withdrawn CN113126481A (en) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 Control target device and method for controlling variable physical parameter
CN202080091312.1A Pending CN115398351A (en) 2019-12-31 2020-12-29 Functional device and method for controlling variable physical parameters

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201911418652.6A Withdrawn CN113126481A (en) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 Control target device and method for controlling variable physical parameter

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN113126481A (en)
TW (3) TW202334764A (en)

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9791852B2 (en) * 2014-08-21 2017-10-17 General Electric Technology Gmbh Apparatus and method for controlling at least one operational parameter of a plant
CN105527845A (en) * 2014-10-20 2016-04-27 上海本星电子科技有限公司 Intelligent household control system and intelligent control software system
IT201600070259A1 (en) * 2016-07-06 2018-01-06 Adige Spa Process of laser processing of a metal material with control of the position of the optical axis of the laser with respect to a flow of assistance gas, as well as a machine and computer program for carrying out such a process.
US10515167B2 (en) * 2016-08-05 2019-12-24 Synopsys, Inc. Cell-aware defect characterization and waveform analysis using multiple strobe points
US10234848B2 (en) * 2017-05-24 2019-03-19 Relativity Space, Inc. Real-time adaptive control of additive manufacturing processes using machine learning

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202225869A (en) 2022-07-01
TWI755228B (en) 2022-02-11
TW202127159A (en) 2021-07-16
TWI791391B (en) 2023-02-01
CN113126481A (en) 2021-07-16
TW202334764A (en) 2023-09-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10506516B2 (en) Fleet power management through information storage sharing
EP3425889A1 (en) Terminal device and control method therefor
US20130156434A1 (en) Remote control system and apparatus
CN107003781B (en) Method for controlling touch screen and electronic device supporting same
US11614790B2 (en) Electronic pen, method and device for controlling electronic pen, and computer-readable storage medium
US8645089B2 (en) Information processing device and information processing method
CN103674314A (en) Power source, electronic device and temperature detection method
CN115398351A (en) Functional device and method for controlling variable physical parameters
CN106406132A (en) Device control method and system thereof
CN113126539A (en) Functional device and method for controlling variable physical parameters
CN113126486B (en) Control device and method for controlling variable physical parameters
CN114297322A (en) Data processing method, device, terminal and storage medium
WO2021136253A1 (en) Functional apparatus and method for controlling variable physical parameters
CN113126482A (en) Control target device and method for controlling variable physical parameter
CN114930255A (en) Control target device and method for controlling variable physical parameters
TWI734334B (en) Control target device and method for controlling variable physical parameter
CN109151160B (en) Communication method, communication device, mobile terminal and storage medium
CN114930257B (en) Control device and method for controlling variable physical parameters
TWI798812B (en) Control device and method for controlling illuminating device
TWI734335B (en) Control device and method for controlling variable physical parameter
US10389149B2 (en) Sensory and control platform for an automation system
TWI775592B (en) Control device and method for controlling illuminating device
US11985216B2 (en) Electronic device and method for sending electronic data
EP3993586A1 (en) Avn device
CN104636033A (en) Information processing method, information processing device and electronic devices

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination